WO2015129355A1 - Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, electronic device, active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film - Google Patents

Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, electronic device, active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015129355A1
WO2015129355A1 PCT/JP2015/051794 JP2015051794W WO2015129355A1 WO 2015129355 A1 WO2015129355 A1 WO 2015129355A1 JP 2015051794 W JP2015051794 W JP 2015051794W WO 2015129355 A1 WO2015129355 A1 WO 2015129355A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
radiation
repeating unit
acid
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2015/051794
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
健志 川端
土村 智孝
英明 椿
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2015129355A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015129355A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/325Non-aqueous compositions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/0045Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0395Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having a backbone with alicyclic moieties
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • G03F7/0392Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
    • G03F7/0397Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/26Processing photosensitive materials; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/30Imagewise removal using liquid means
    • G03F7/32Liquid compositions therefor, e.g. developers
    • G03F7/322Aqueous alkaline compositions

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, an electronic device, and a sensitivity, which are suitably used in an ultra microlithography process such as manufacturing an ultra LSI or a high-capacity microchip and other photofabrication processes.
  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film. More specifically, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, an electronic device, and an actinic ray that can be suitably used for microfabrication of a semiconductor element using an electron beam or EUV light (wavelength: around 13 nm).
  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object thereof is a pattern forming method capable of achieving high sensitivity and high resolution, a method for manufacturing an electronic device using the same, and an electronic device.
  • the present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film using the same.
  • the present invention provides the following [1] to [16].
  • [1] A step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i) or (ii) below, a step of exposing the film, and an alkaline developer
  • the pattern formation method which has the process of removing the exposure part of the exposed film
  • a resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A1) (ii) a resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a monovalent iodine atom Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing compound (AD) having [2]
  • a film is formed using the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is (i) or (ii) above
  • a pattern forming method including a step, a step of exposing the film, and a step of forming a pattern by removing an unexposed portion of the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring.
  • R 13 represents an alkylene group.
  • X 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, aromatic ring group, -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - SO 2 NH -, - SO 2 O -, - NR-, 2 divalent nitrogen It represents a divalent linking group comprising a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or a combination thereof.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • a step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the film, and an exposed portion of the exposed film are removed using an alkali developer.
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is used in a pattern forming method including a step of forming a pattern by removing a portion and is (i) or (ii) above.
  • the pattern formation method which can achieve high sensitivity and high resolution, the manufacturing method of an electronic device using the same, an electronic device, and actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition And a resist film using the same.
  • a notation that does not indicate substitution or non-substitution refers to a group (atomic group) having a substituent together with a group (atomic group) having no substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • light includes not only extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light) but also electron beams.
  • exposure in this specification includes not only exposure by extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light) but also drawing by electron beams unless otherwise specified.
  • Actinic light or “radiation” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams and the like.
  • light means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure in the present specification is not limited to exposure with far ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in exposure.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is the following actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i) or (ii) used in a pattern forming method described later.
  • Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition to be contained ii)
  • High sensitivity and resolution can be achieved by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention.
  • the reason is not clear, but is presumed as follows. First, when exposed using EUV light, it is considered that the resin composition absorbs light to generate electrons, and the generated electrons are decomposed by the generated electrons to generate an acid. At this time, since the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains iodine atoms having a high EUV light absorption coefficient, it can be considered that it can absorb a lot of EUV light and has high sensitivity.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains iodine atoms, so that a large amount of electrons are generated and the sensitivity is considered high. Furthermore, it is considered that high resolution can be obtained by reducing the exposure amount and suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated by exposure to the non-exposed portion.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) will be described.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the composition of this invention is used for the pattern formation method mentioned later, Comprising: It is the actinic-ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition of any of following (i) or (ii).
  • a resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation (A1) (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (A1)”) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “composition (i)”)
  • composition (i) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “composition (i)”)
  • Resin (A2) hereinafter also referred to as “resin (A2)
  • having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group and a compound having a monovalent iodine atom (AD ) (Hereinafter also referred to as “compound (AD)”) containing actinic ray
  • compositions (i) and (ii), and resin (A1) and resin (A2)> The resin (A1) contained in the composition (i) and the resin (A2) contained in the composition (ii) have in common a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. Have. Therefore, hereinafter, the resin (A) having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group will be described.
  • the resin (A) described below corresponds to the resin (A2), and a “repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not desorbed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation” described later on the resin (A). (Hereinafter, also referred to as “repeating unit (s)”) corresponds to the resin (A1).
  • Resin (A) has an acid-decomposable repeating unit.
  • the acid-decomposable repeating unit has, for example, a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or in both the main chain and the side chain. It is a repeating unit.
  • the composition of the present invention may be used as a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition.
  • the group generated by decomposition is a polar group, which has a low affinity with a developer containing an organic solvent and is insoluble or hardly soluble ( (Negative) is preferred.
  • the polar group is more preferably an acidic group.
  • the definition of the polar group is synonymous with the definition described in the section of the repeating unit (c) described later.
  • Examples of the polar group generated by the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group include an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an acidic group Is mentioned.
  • the polar group generated by the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group is preferably an acidic group.
  • the acidic group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is insolubilized in a developer containing an organic solvent, but is preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonyl group.
  • alkylsulfonyl alkylcarbonyl
  • alkylsulfonyl alkylcarbonyl
  • imide group bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (Alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, more preferably carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), phenolic hydride Hexyl group, (used as a developer for conventional resist, a group dissociated in 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) acidic group such as a sulfonic acid group include.
  • a preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
  • Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
  • each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group.
  • the acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like.
  • the resin (A) has, for example, a repeating unit (a) having an acid-decomposable group in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or in both the main chain and side chain. It is preferable.
  • a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V) is more preferable.
  • R 51 , R 52 , and R 53 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 52 may be bonded to L 5 to form a ring, and when R 52 and L 5 are bonded, R 52 represents an alkylene group.
  • L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and in the case of forming a ring with R 52 , represents a trivalent linking group.
  • R 54 represents an alkyl group
  • R 55 and R 56 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • R 55 and R 56 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • no and R 55 and R 56 are hydrogen atoms at the same time.
  • the alkyl group of R 51 to R 53 in the general formula (V) is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, which may have a substituent, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, more preferably alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same alkyl group as the alkyl group in R 51 to R 53 described above.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Preferred examples include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, which may have a substituent.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferable.
  • Preferred substituents in each of the above groups include, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyls.
  • the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group. Groups. An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the ring formed by combining R 52 and L 5 is particularly preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • R 51 and R 53 in Formula (V) are more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group (—CF 3 ), a hydroxymethyl group (—CH 3 ).
  • 2- OH), a chloromethyl group (—CH 2 —Cl), and a fluorine atom (—F) are particularly preferred.
  • R 52 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom or an alkylene group (forming a ring with L 5 ), a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group (—CF 3 ), a hydroxymethyl group Particularly preferred are (—CH 2 —OH), chloromethyl group (—CH 2 —Cl), fluorine atom (—F), methylene group (forms a ring with L 5 ), and ethylene group (forms a ring with L 5 ). .
  • L 1 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, a divalent aromatic ring group, or a group in which an alkylene group and a divalent aromatic ring group are combined.
  • L 5 is preferably a single bond, a group represented by —COO—L 1 —, or a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • L 1 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a methylene or propylene group.
  • examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 5 examples include groups formed by removing any hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group of R 54 to R 56 is preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and an n-butyl group. Particularly preferred are those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group represented by R 55 and R 56 is preferably one having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be monocyclic such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, adamantyl group, Polycyclic ones such as a tetracyclodecanyl group and a tetracyclododecanyl group may be used.
  • the ring formed by combining R 55 and R 56 with each other preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be monocyclic such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group.
  • a polycyclic group such as an adamantyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group.
  • R 54 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
  • the aryl group represented by R 55 and R 56 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic and may have a substituent.
  • a phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, 4-methylphenyl group, 4-methoxyphenyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • one of R 55 and R 56 is a hydrogen atom, the other is preferably an aryl group.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R 55 and R 56 may be monocyclic or polycyclic and may have a substituent. Preferably, it has 7 to 21 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group and a 1-naphthylmethyl group.
  • a general method for synthesizing a polymerizable group-containing ester can be applied and is not particularly limited.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit (a) represented by the general formula (V) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Rx and Xa 1 represent a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • Rxa and Rxb each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 19 carbon atoms.
  • Z represents a substituent.
  • Z represents 0 or a positive integer, preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1.
  • Z is preferably a group consisting of only hydrogen atoms and carbon atoms from the viewpoint of increasing the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent before and after acid decomposition (hereinafter also referred to as “organic developer”).
  • organic developer for example, a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group is preferable.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (VI) as the repeating unit (a).
  • R 61 , R 62 and R 63 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 62 may be bonded to Ar 6 to form a ring, and R 62 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • X 6 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —.
  • R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Ar 6 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group when bonded to R 62 to form a ring.
  • each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • at least one of Y 2 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • the alkyl group of R 61 to R 63 in the general formula (VI) is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, which may have a substituent,
  • An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as a hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group or dodecyl group is exemplified, and an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferred.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same alkyl group as the alkyl group in R 61 to R 63 described above.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably a monocyclic type having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group or cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent.
  • a cycloalkyl group is mentioned.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • R 62 represents an alkylene group
  • the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an optionally substituted methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, octylene group, etc.
  • -CONR 64 represented by X 6 - R 64 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group for R 64 in include the same alkyl group and the alkyl group of R 61 ⁇ R 63.
  • X 6 is preferably a single bond, —COO— or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.
  • the alkylene group for L 6 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an optionally substituted methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group.
  • Ar 6 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group when n is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, or a naphthylene group, or, for example, Preferred examples include divalent aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole.
  • the ring formed by combining R 62 and Ar 6 is particularly preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the group formed can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • n Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. However, at least one of n represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
  • Examples of the group Y 2 leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C ( ⁇ O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C ( ⁇ O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) , —CH (R 36 ) (Ar) and the like.
  • each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group.
  • R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group.
  • Ar represents an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be linear or branched and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, A propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • the cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • a part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 and Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an aryl group such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, Mention may be made of divalent aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole and the like.
  • the group in which the alkylene group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 and the aryl group are combined is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group. be able to.
  • the alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
  • the ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl structure having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropane structure, a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, and a cyclooctane structure.
  • the polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tetracyclododecane structure.
  • a part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl structure may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • Each of the groups as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , and Ar may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 8 or less.
  • a structure represented by the following general formula (VI-A) is more preferable.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined.
  • M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group which may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group which may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group or an aldehyde group. At least two of Q, M, and L 1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).
  • the alkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group. Preferred examples include a group and an octyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like. Can do.
  • the aryl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like.
  • the group combining the alkylene group and the aryl group as L 1 and L 2 has, for example, 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include aralkyl groups such as benzyl group and phenethyl group.
  • the divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, octylene group, etc.), cycloalkylene group (for example, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group).
  • alkylene group for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, octylene group, etc.
  • cycloalkylene group for example, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group.
  • alkenylene group eg, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.
  • divalent aromatic ring group eg, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.
  • S— —O
  • R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group). Octyl group, etc.).
  • an alkyl group eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group). Octyl group, etc.
  • the alkyl group as Q are the same as each group of L 1 and L 2.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group containing no hetero atom and an aryl group containing no hetero atom Includes the cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 described above, an aryl group, and the like, and preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group containing a hetero atom and the aryl group containing a hetero atom include, for example, thiirane, cyclothiolane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, Examples thereof include groups having a heterocyclic structure such as pyrrolidone, but are not limited thereto as long as the structure is generally called a heterocyclic ring (a ring formed of carbon and a heteroatom or a ring formed of a heteroatom).
  • Each group represented by L 1 , L 2 , M, Q in the general formula (VI-A) may have a substituent.
  • the substituents described as the substituent that Ar may have, and the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
  • the group represented by —MQ is preferably a group composed of 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a group composed of 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • Ar 3 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • M 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q 3 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. At least two of Q 3 , M 3 and R 3 may be bonded to form a ring.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 3 is the same as Ar 6 in the general formula (VI) when n in the general formula (VI) is 1, more preferably a phenylene group or a naphthylene group. More preferred is a phenylene group.
  • Ar 3 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that Ar 3 may have include the same substituents as the substituent that Ar 6 in General Formula (VI) may have.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 has the same meaning as the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group represented by the aforementioned R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 .
  • the aryl group represented by R 3 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the aralkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
  • the alkyl group portion of the alkoxy group represented by R 3 is the same as the alkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
  • the acyl group represented by R 3 include an aliphatic acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as formyl group, acetyl group, propionyl group, butyryl group, isobutyryl group, valeryl group, pivaloyl group, benzoyl group and naphthoyl group. , An acetyl group or a benzoyl group is preferred.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic group represented by R 3 include the aforementioned cycloalkyl groups containing a hetero atom and aryl groups containing a hetero atom, and a pyridine ring group or a pyran ring group is preferable.
  • R 3 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (specifically, Is a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group), 3 to More preferably, it is 15 cycloalkyl groups (specifically, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, adamantyl group, etc.).
  • R 3 is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an i-propyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl group or an adamantanemethyl group, , Sec-butyl group, neopentyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group or adamantanemethyl group is particularly preferable.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkoxy group, acyl group or heterocyclic group described above may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may be included include the aforementioned R 36- Examples of the substituent that R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , and Ar may have include the substituents described above.
  • the divalent linking group represented by M 3 has the same meaning as M in the structure represented by the above general formula (VI-A), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • M 3 may have a substituent, and the substituent that M 3 may have is the same group as the substituent that M in the structure represented by the general formula (VI-A) can have Is mentioned.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group represented by Q 3 have the same meanings as those in Q in the structure represented by the above general formula (VI-A), and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic group represented by Q 3 include a cycloalkyl group containing a hetero atom as Q and an aryl group containing a hetero atom in the structure represented by the aforementioned general formula (VI-A). It is the same.
  • Q 3 may have a substituent, and the substituent that Q 3 may have is the same group as the substituent that Q in the group represented by the general formula (VI-A) may have Is mentioned.
  • a ring formed by combining at least two of Q 3 , M 3 and R 3 is a ring which may be formed by combining at least two of Q, M and L 1 in the general formula (VI-A). It is synonymous and the preferable range is also the same.
  • repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) are shown below as preferred specific examples of the repeating unit (a), but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4).
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 42 may be bonded to L 4 to form a ring, and when R 42 and L 4 are bonded, R 42 represents an alkylene group.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and in the case of forming a ring with R 42 , represents a trivalent linking group.
  • R 44 and R 45 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, or a heterocyclic group.
  • M 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q 4 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. At least two of Q 4 , M 4 and R 44 may be bonded to form a ring.
  • R 41 , R 42 and R 43 have the same meanings as R 51 , R 52 and R 53 in the general formula (V), and preferred ranges are also the same.
  • L 4 has the same meaning as L 5 in the general formula (V), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • R 44 and R 45 have the same meaning as R 3 in the general formula (3), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • M 4 has the same meaning as M 3 in the general formula (3), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • Q 4 has the same meaning as Q 3 in the general formula (3), and the preferred range is also the same.
  • Examples of the ring formed by combining at least two of Q 4 , M 4 and R 44 include rings formed by combining at least two of Q 3 , M 3 and R 3 , and the preferred range is the same. It is. Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (4) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (BZ) as the repeating unit (a).
  • AR represents an aryl group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and AR may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkyloxycarbonyl group.
  • the aryl group for AR is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, or a fluorene group, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • AR is a naphthyl group, anthryl group, or fluorene group
  • the bonding position between the carbon atom to which Rn is bonded and AR is not particularly limited.
  • this carbon atom may be bonded to the ⁇ -position of the naphthyl group or may be bonded to the ⁇ -position.
  • AR when AR is an anthryl group, this carbon atom may be bonded to the 1-position, the 2-position, or the 9-position of the anthryl group.
  • Each of the aryl groups as AR may have one or more substituents. Specific examples of such substituents include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group.
  • a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group containing the alkyl group moiety are preferable, and a paramethyl group
  • the aryl group as AR has a plurality of substituents
  • at least two of the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • this ring may be a heterocycle containing a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
  • this ring may have a substituent.
  • this substituent the thing similar to what is mentioned later about the further substituent which Rn may have is mentioned.
  • the repeating unit (a) represented by general formula (BZ) contains two or more aromatic rings from a viewpoint of roughness performance.
  • the number of aromatic rings contained in this repeating unit is usually preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
  • AR preferably contains two or more aromatic rings, and AR is a naphthyl group or a biphenyl group. Is more preferable.
  • the number of aromatic rings possessed by AR is usually preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group of Rn may be a straight chain alkyl group or a branched chain alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc. Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group represented by Rn is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by Rn include cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 15 carbon atoms such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • As the aryl group of Rn for example, aryl groups having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such as phenyl group, xylyl group, toluyl group, cumenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group are preferable.
  • Each of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group as Rn may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, a sulfonylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an aralkylthio group, and a thiophenecarbonyloxy group.
  • Thiophenemethylcarbonyloxy group and heterocyclic residues such as pyrrolidone residues.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkyloxycarbonyl group as described above.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 1 include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as described above for Rn.
  • Each of these alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those described above for Rn.
  • R 1 is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having a substituent
  • R 1 includes, for example, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkyloxycarbonylmethyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an alkoxymethyl group.
  • the halogen atom for R 1 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom. Among these, a fluorine atom is particularly preferable.
  • Rn and AR are preferably bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring, and in particular, roughness performance can be further improved.
  • the non-aromatic ring that may be formed by bonding Rn and AR to each other is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • the non-aromatic ring may be an aliphatic ring or a heterocycle containing a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
  • the non-aromatic ring may have a substituent. As this substituent, the thing similar to having demonstrated previously about the further substituent which Rn may have is mentioned, for example.
  • repeating unit (a) represented by the general formula (BZ) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the embodiment of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group different from the repeating unit exemplified above may be an embodiment of a repeating unit that produces an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
  • it is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-10).
  • This repeating unit is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-3), and is represented by the following general formula (I-1) More preferably.
  • Ra independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 .
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • R 1 represents a (n + 1) -valent organic group.
  • R 2 independently represents a single bond or an (n + 1) -valent organic group when m ⁇ 2.
  • OP each independently represents a group (acid-decomposable group) that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group. When n ⁇ 2 and / or m ⁇ 2, two or more OPs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • n and m represent an integer of 1 or more.
  • n is 1 when R 2 represents a single bond.
  • l represents an integer of 0 or more.
  • L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—.
  • Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group.
  • R L each independently represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group when m ⁇ 2.
  • R S each independently represents a substituent when p ⁇ 2.
  • p represents an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 .
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. W is preferably a methylene group or an oxygen atom.
  • R 1 represents a (n + 1) -valent organic group.
  • R 1 is preferably a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, R 1 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 1 is more preferably an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 represents a single bond or an (n + 1) valent organic group.
  • R 2 is preferably a single bond or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • R 2 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • the chain hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched.
  • the chain hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is an alkylene group
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is a methylene group, ethylene group, n-propylene group, isopropylene group, n-butylene group, isobutylene group or sec- A butylene group is preferred.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • This alicyclic hydrocarbon group has, for example, a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo or tetracyclo structure.
  • the carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is usually 5 or more, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 25.
  • Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include those having the partial structures listed below. Each of these partial structures may have a substituent.
  • the methylene group (—CH 2 —) includes an oxygen atom (—O—), a sulfur atom (—S—), a carbonyl group [—C ( ⁇ O) —], a sulfonyl group [— —S ( ⁇ O) 2 —], sulfinyl group [—S ( ⁇ O) —], or imino group [—N (R) —] (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) may be substituted.
  • R 1 and / or R 2 when R 1 and / or R 2 is a cycloalkylene group, R 1 and / or R 2 may be an adamantylene group, a noradamantylene group, a decahydronaphthylene group, a tricyclodecanylene group, a tetracyclododeca group.
  • Nylene group, norbornylene group, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group, cycloheptylene group, cyclooctylene group, cyclodecanylene group, or cyclododecanylene group are preferable, and adamantylene group, norbornylene group, cyclohexylene group, cyclopentylene It is more preferable that they are a len group, a tetracyclododecanylene group, or a tricyclodecanylene group.
  • the non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of R 1 and / or R 2 may have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the above alkyl group, alkoxy group and alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent.
  • a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group are mentioned, for example.
  • L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—.
  • Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • L 1 is preferably a linking group represented by —COO—, —CONH— or —Ar—, and more preferably a linking group represented by —COO— or —CONH—.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkynyl group, and an alkenyl group.
  • R 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group. That is, L 3 represents a trivalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include corresponding groups in specific examples described later.
  • R L represents a (n + 1) -valent linking group. That is, R L represents a divalent or higher linking group.
  • R L may be bonded to each other or bonded to the following R S to form a ring structure.
  • R S represents a substituent.
  • the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a halogen atom.
  • n is an integer of 1 or more.
  • n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. When n is 2 or more, it is possible to further improve the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • m is an integer of 1 or more.
  • m is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • l is an integer of 0 or more.
  • l is preferably 0 or 1.
  • p is an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Ra and OP have the same meanings as in general formulas (I-1) to (I-3).
  • the corresponding ring structure is represented as “OPO” for convenience.
  • the group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-1) to (II-4).
  • R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. At least two R 5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • R 5 when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • the group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is also preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-5) to (II-9).
  • R 4 is formula (II-1) is synonymous with R 4 a ⁇ (II-3).
  • R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the general formulas (II-1) to (II-3). More preferably, it is represented by 1) or (II-3), and particularly preferably represented by formula (II-1).
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above.
  • R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group for R 3 may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • Examples of the alkyl group for R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and an n-butyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group for R 3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 4 to 8.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • R 3 is preferably a monovalent organic group.
  • R 4 represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. These alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 4 preferably has no substituent, or preferably has one or more aryl groups and / or one or more silyl groups as substituents.
  • the carbon number of the unsubstituted alkyl group is preferably 1-20.
  • the alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more silyl groups is preferably 1-30.
  • the carbon number thereof is preferably 3-20.
  • R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 5 when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
  • R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above.
  • R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having no substituent.
  • R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having no substituent.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 4 , R 5, and R 6 include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as those described above for R 3 . Below, the specific example of the group which decomposes
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • the above repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be one type or a combination of two or more types.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of types) is 5 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A) It is preferably 5 mol% or more and 75 mol% or less, more preferably 10 mol% or more and 65 mol% or less.
  • the resin (A) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
  • R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring, in which case R 13 represents an alkylene group.
  • X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar 1 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 13 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, halogen atom, alkoxycarbonyl group of R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 in formula (1), and the substituents that these groups may have are the above general formula (V) Are the same as the specific examples described for each group represented by R 51 , R 52 and R 53 .
  • Ar 1 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group in the case where n is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenylene group, or the like.
  • Examples of preferred aromatic ring groups include heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole.
  • n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the group formed can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the above-described alkylene group and (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a propoxy group, a hydroxypropoxy group, a butoxy group and other alkoxy groups, phenyl And aryl groups such as groups.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for X 1 include —COO— or —CONR 64 —.
  • -CONR 64 represented by X 1 - R 64 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group for R 64 in, preferably an optionally substituted methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group , An isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, a dodecyl group, and the like, and an alkyl group having a carbon number of 8 or less is more preferable.
  • X 1 is preferably a single bond, —COO— or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.
  • an optionally substituted aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and a biphenylene ring group are particularly preferable.
  • the repeating unit (b) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is, Ar 1 is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • N represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
  • a 1 or 2.
  • Resin (A) may contain two or more types of repeating units represented by general formula (1).
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) (the total when containing plural types) is within the range of 3 to 98 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). Is more preferably in the range of 10 to 80 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 25 to 70 mol%.
  • the resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit (c) having a polar group.
  • the repeating unit (c) is preferably a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit (that is, having no acid-decomposable group).
  • Examples of the “polar group” that can be contained in the repeating unit (c) include the following (1) to (4). In the following, “electronegativity” means a value by Pauling.
  • Examples of such a polar group include a hydroxy group and the like. And a group containing a structure represented by O—H.
  • Examples of the functional group such polar groups having an ionic sites, for example, a group having a moiety represented by N + or S +. Specific examples of the partial structure that can be included in the “polar group” are given below.
  • the “polar group” that the repeating unit (c) may contain includes, for example, (I) a hydroxy group, (II) a cyano group, (III) a lactone group or a sultone group (cyclic sulfonate ester), (IV) a carboxylic acid group, or At least selected from the group consisting of a sulfonic acid group, a group corresponding to (V) an amide group, a sulfonamide group or a derivative thereof, (VI) an ammonium group or a sulfonium group, and a group formed by combining two or more thereof.
  • One is preferred.
  • the polar group is selected from a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, an ammonium group, a sulfonium group, and a group formed by combining two or more thereof. It is particularly preferably an alcoholic hydroxy group, a cyano group, a lactone group, a sultone group, or a group containing a cyanolactone structure.
  • the exposure latitude (EL) of the composition containing the resin can be further improved.
  • the sensitivity of the composition containing the resin can be further improved.
  • the resin further contains a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved. This also makes it possible to further improve the dry etching resistance, coating properties, and adhesion to the substrate of the resin-containing composition.
  • the resin further contains a repeating unit having a group containing a lactone structure having a cyano group the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved.
  • This also makes it possible to further improve the sensitivity, dry etching resistance, applicability, and adhesion to the substrate of the composition containing the resin.
  • this makes it possible for a single repeating unit to have a function attributable to each of the cyano group and the lactone group, thereby further increasing the degree of freedom in designing the resin.
  • the polar group of the repeating unit (c) is an alcoholic hydroxy group
  • it is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H).
  • it is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-3H), and may be represented by the following general formula (I-1H). Further preferred.
  • Ra, R 1 , R 2 , W, n, m, l, L 1 , R, R 0 , L 3 , R L , R S and p are represented by the general formulas (I-1) to (I ⁇ It is synonymous with each of 10).
  • a repeating unit having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group and a repeating unit represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H)
  • the unit is used in combination, for example, by suppressing acid diffusion due to an alcoholic hydroxy group and increasing sensitivity due to a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group, without degrading other performances,
  • the exposure latitude (EL) can be improved.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferably from 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). It is.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by any one of the general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) are shown below.
  • Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H).
  • the polar group of the repeating unit (c) is an alcoholic hydroxy group or a cyano group
  • it is a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group as one embodiment of a preferable repeating unit. Is mentioned.
  • it is preferable not to have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diadamantyl group, or a norbornane group.
  • partial structures represented by the following general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) are preferred. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
  • R 2 c to R 4 c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, at least one of R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group. Preferably, one or two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the remaining is a hydrogen atom. In the general formula (VIIa), more preferably, two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a partial structure represented by the general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) include the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
  • R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 2 c ⁇ R 4 c is in the general formula (VIIa) ⁇ (VIIc), the same meanings as R 2 c ⁇ R 4 c.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is in the resin (A).
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units.
  • repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the repeating unit (c) may be a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure as a polar group.
  • a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is more preferable.
  • Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
  • substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
  • the halogen atom for Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom.
  • Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl structure, an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonyl group, or a divalent linking group obtained by combining these.
  • Ab is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group represented by —Ab 1 —CO 2 —.
  • Ab 1 represents a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, an adamantylene group, norbornylene group.
  • V represents a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • any group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure can be used, but a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferable, and a 5- to 7-membered structure is preferable.
  • Those in which other ring structures are condensed in a form forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in the lactone structure or sultone structure of the ring are preferable.
  • a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • Particularly preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-8), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (SL1- 1).
  • the lactone structure portion or sultone structure may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a monovalent cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. , Carboxyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring. .
  • the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used.
  • One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used.
  • the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, but when it contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, the above repeating unit in the resin (A)
  • the content of is preferably in the range of 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 65 mol%, still more preferably in the range of 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all repeating units.
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure in the resin (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the polar group that the repeating unit (c) may have is an acidic group.
  • Preferred acidic groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (eg hexafluoroisopropanol group), sulfonamido groups, sulfonylimide groups, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups, Alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, A tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group is mentioned.
  • the repeating unit (c) is more preferably a repeating unit having a carboxyl group.
  • the repeating unit having an acidic group includes a repeating unit in which an acidic group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acidic group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group. It is preferable to use a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having a repeating unit bonded to each other, or an acidic group, at the time of polymerization and introduce it at the end of the polymer chain. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
  • the acidic group that the repeating unit (c) may have may or may not contain an aromatic ring, but when it has an aromatic ring, it is preferably selected from acidic groups other than phenolic hydroxyl groups.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acidic group is preferably 30 mol% or less, and 20 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably.
  • content of the repeating unit which has an acidic group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit (d) having a plurality of aromatic rings represented by the following general formula (c1).
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or a nitro group
  • Y represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group
  • p represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkyl group as R 3 may be linear or branched.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, and a nitro group.
  • examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include a CF 3 group, an alkyloxycarbonylmethyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxymethyl group, and hydroxymethyl.
  • Group, alkoxymethyl group and the like are preferable.
  • halogen atom as R 3 examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferable.
  • Y represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group (oxygen atom), a thioether group (sulfur atom), an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfide group, Sulfone group, —COO—, —CONH—, —SO 2 NH—, —CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —OCF 2 O—, —CF 2 OCF 2 —, —SS—, —CH 2 SO 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 COCH 2 —, —COCF 2 CO—, —COCO—, —OCOO—, —OSO 2 O—, amino group (nitrogen atom), acyl group, alkyl
  • Y is preferably a single bond, a —COO— group, a —COS— group, a —CONH— group, more preferably a —COO— group or a —CONH— group, and particularly preferably a —COO— group.
  • Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • the divalent linking group include an ether group (oxygen atom), a thioether group (sulfur atom), an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfide group, Sulfone group, —COO—, —CONH—, —SO 2 NH—, amino group (nitrogen atom), acyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, —CH ⁇ CH—, aminocarbonylamino group, aminosulfonylamino group, or these Examples include a group consisting of a combination.
  • Z is preferably a single bond, an ether group, a carbonyl group, or —COO—, more preferably a single bond or an ether group, and particularly preferably a single bond.
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group, specifically, phenyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group, phenanthrenyl group, quinolinyl group, furanyl group, thiophenyl group, fluorenyl-9-one-yl group, anthraquinonyl group, phenanthralkyl.
  • a nonyl group, a pyrrole group, etc. are mentioned, A phenyl group is preferable.
  • These aromatic ring groups may further have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, and a sulfonylamino group.
  • Group, aryl group such as phenyl group, aryloxy group, arylcarbonyl group, heterocyclic residue, etc. Among them, phenyl group suppresses deterioration of exposure latitude and pattern shape caused by out-of-band light It is preferable from the viewpoint.
  • p is an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
  • repeating unit (d) is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (c2).
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Preferred alkyl groups as the alkyl group R 3 represents is the same as the alkyl group represented by R 3 in the general formula (c1).
  • the aromatic ring in the repeating unit (d) functions as an internal filter that can absorb the out-of-band light. Therefore, from the viewpoint of high resolution and low LWR, the resin (A) preferably contains the repeating unit (d).
  • the repeating unit (d) does not have a phenolic hydroxyl group (a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring) from the viewpoint of obtaining high resolution.
  • repeating unit (d) Specific examples of the repeating unit (d) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • the resin (A) may or may not contain the repeating unit (d), but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit (d) is from 1 to the total repeating unit of the resin (A). The range is preferably 30 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably 1 to 15 mol%.
  • the repeating unit (d) contained in the resin (A) may contain a combination of two or more types.
  • the resin (A) in the present invention may have a repeating unit other than the above repeating units (a) to (d) as appropriate.
  • a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability can be included. Thereby, the solubility of the resin can be appropriately adjusted during development using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • Examples of such a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
  • R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
  • Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group.
  • Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
  • Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • the cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group.
  • the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkenyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group and the like, and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and cyclohexenyl group.
  • a preferred monocyclic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group.
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.)
  • Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobrendane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 .
  • the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene.
  • a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring are condensed is also included.
  • Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done.
  • Preferred halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine and fluorine atoms, and preferred alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl and t-butyl groups.
  • the alkyl group described above may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may further include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. The group can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the substituent of the hydrogen atom in the hydroxyl group and the amino group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkyloxycarbonyl group.
  • Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferred substituted methyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl groups, and preferred substituted ethyl groups.
  • acyl groups include aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl and pivaloyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the group include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability.
  • the content is preferably 1 to 20 mol%, more preferably 5 to 15 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
  • Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5).
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • L 42 represents a divalent linking group.
  • S represents a structural site that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in the side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) in the resin (A) is preferably in the range of 1 to 40 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), and in the range of 2 to 30 mol%. Is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 25 mol% is particularly preferable.
  • the resin (A) may contain the following monomer components in view of the effects such as the improvement of Tg, the improvement of dry etching resistance, the above-described internal filter of out-of-band light, and the like.
  • the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the resist dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general resist requirements. It is appropriately set in order to adjust the resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are performance.
  • resin (A) Specific examples of the resin (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
  • Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure. For example, as a general synthesis method, an unsaturated monomer and a polymerization initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the unsaturated monomer and the polymerization initiator is added to the heating solvent for 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method etc. which are dropped and added over are mentioned, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • the solvent used for the polymerization examples include a solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described below, and more preferably the composition of the present invention.
  • Polymerization is preferably carried out using the same solvent as used in the above. Thereby, generation
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
  • a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
  • an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
  • Preferable initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If necessary, the polymerization may be performed in the presence of a chain transfer agent (for example, alkyl mercaptan).
  • the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 30 ° C to 120 ° C, more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours, and more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
  • Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less.
  • Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent
  • a normal method such as a method can be applied.
  • the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times that of the reaction solution.
  • the solvent (precipitation or reprecipitation solvent) used in the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution may be a poor solvent for the polymer, and may be a hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro, depending on the type of polymer.
  • a compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use.
  • a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
  • the amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
  • the temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.).
  • the precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
  • the precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
  • the resin may be dissolved again in a solvent, and the resin may be brought into contact with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent. That is, after completion of the radical polymerization reaction, a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is brought into contact, the resin is precipitated (step a), the resin is separated from the solution (step b), and dissolved again in the solvent. (Step c), and then contact the resin solution A with a solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount less than 10 times that of the resin solution A (preferably 5 times or less volume). This may be a method including precipitating a resin solid (step d) and separating the precipitated resin (step e).
  • the polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon.
  • a polymerization initiator a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization.
  • azo initiator an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable.
  • Preferable initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like.
  • an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery.
  • the concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 ° C. to 100 ° C.
  • the molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight is preferably in the range of 1000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 1500 to 60000, and in the range of 2000 to 30000. It is particularly preferred.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
  • the dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably 1.00 to 5.00, more preferably 1.00 to 3.50, and still more preferably 1.00 to 2.50.
  • Mw / Mn The dispersity
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity of the resin are, for example, HLC-8120 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgelgMultipore HXL-M (manufactured by Tosoh Corp., 7.8 mmID) as a column. ⁇ 30.0 cm) can be determined by using THF (tetrahydrofuran) or NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) as the eluent.
  • the resin (A) has been described above. As described above, the resin (A) corresponds to the resin (A2) contained in the composition (ii). In composition (ii), resin (A2) which is resin (A) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the resin (A2) which is the resin (A) is preferably 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 99% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 99% based on the total solid content in the composition (ii). More preferred is mass%.
  • the resin (A1) contained in the composition (i) is a resin having a repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom, and preferably the resin (A) described above has a repeating unit (s). Resin. In this case, the resin (A1) is the same as the resin (A) described above except for the repeating unit (s).
  • the repeating unit (s) is a repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the repeating unit (s) has a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as “partial structure (s1)”), but this partial structure (s1) can be obtained by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. , A partial structure that does not desorb from the repeating unit (s). Since the partial structure (s1) having a monovalent iodine atom is not eliminated even by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, it is considered that high sensitivity can be obtained without reducing the light absorption effect.
  • disassembles by irradiation of actinic light or a radiation is demonstrated.
  • the repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom the partial structure (s1) having a monovalent iodine atom is preferably not included in the partial structure decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
  • Examples of the partial structure that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include partial structures represented by the following general formulas (I) to (III).
  • the S atom-S atom bond is cleaved in the general formula (I)
  • the O atom-N atom bond is cleaved in the general formula (II)
  • the O atom in the general formula (III) is cleaved.
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 206 , R 207 and R 208 represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • A represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group.
  • the repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom may be a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. That is, in the repeating unit (s), it is not excluded that the partial structure (s1) having a monovalent iodine atom is a partial structure that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. In this case, resin (A1) should just have only repeating unit (s), and does not need to have the repeating unit (a) which has the acid-decomposable group mentioned above.
  • a repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is decomposed by the action of an acid to be polar. It also serves as a “repeating unit having a group for generating a group”.
  • Preferred examples of such a repeating unit (s) include a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1 ').
  • R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring.
  • R 13 represents an alkylene group.
  • X 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —SO 2 NH—, —SO 2 O—, —NR— (R represents a hydrogen atom Or an alkyl group), a divalent nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent linking group composed of a combination thereof.
  • Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the alkyl group represented by R 11 to R 13 is preferably an optionally substituted methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec- Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, more preferably alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms, particularly preferably alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms. Can be mentioned.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same alkyl group as the alkyl group in R 11 to R 13 described above.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Preferred examples include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, which may have a substituent.
  • a halogen atom the halogen atom except an iodine atom is mentioned, for example.
  • examples of the alkylene group include alkylene groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octylene group.
  • An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • Examples of the alkylene group represented by X 1 include an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octylene group.
  • An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is exemplified.
  • An alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by X 1 is a divalent aromatic ring group, and examples thereof include a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,2-phenylene group, and a 1,4-naphthylene group. 1,4-phenylene group is preferred.
  • Examples of the alkyl group represented by R in —NR— represented by X 1 include an optionally substituted methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group. Group, an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, and an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Preferable examples of the divalent nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic group represented by X 1 include a group formed by removing two arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a heterocyclic ring such as pyrrole, pyrrolidine, piperidine and the like.
  • X 1 is preferably a single bond, —COO—, —NR—, or a divalent linking group composed of a combination of these groups, more preferably —COO—.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 is an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group in the case where n is 1 include an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group, or a thiophene, furan, pyrrole, Preferred examples include aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole and the like.
  • n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the group formed can be preferably mentioned.
  • the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a halogen atom ( An iodine group), an alkoxy group, a thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and the like.
  • the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 is preferably a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a group obtained by removing (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from these groups.
  • Examples of the organic group containing at least one iodine atom represented by RI include iodoalkyl groups such as 2-iodoethyl group and 3-iodopropyl group. RI is preferably an iodine atom.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of the integer represented by n is equal to the number of substitutable hydrogen atoms in the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 .
  • n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 3 or more, because of higher sensitivity and higher resolution.
  • repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the content of the repeating unit (s) in the resin (A1) is preferably 0.1 to 80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A1). 1 to 50 mol% is more preferable, and 1 to 30 mol% is still more preferable.
  • Resin (A1) which composition (i) contains can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of (A1) is preferably from 25 to 99 mass%, more preferably from 30 to 99 mass%, still more preferably from 40 to 99 mass%, based on the total solid content in the composition (i).
  • the compound (AD) having a monovalent iodine atom contained in the composition (ii) will be described.
  • the compound (AD) include (AD1) a resin having a monovalent iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (AD1)”) and (AD2) a low molecular compound having a monovalent iodine atom (hereinafter “ Preferable examples include low molecular weight compound (AD2) ”.
  • Examples of the resin (AD1) having a monovalent iodine atom contained in the composition (ii) include the above-described repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom and the above-mentioned (a) acid.
  • a resin not having a repeating unit having a degradable group is preferable.
  • the content of the repeating unit (s) in the resin (AD1) (when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 5 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (AD1), preferably 10 to 100 mol. % Is more preferable, and 20 to 100 mol% is still more preferable.
  • the resin (AD1) may have the same repeating units as those described as the repeating unit that the resin (A) may have, and the content of these repeating units in the resin (AD1) Same as (A).
  • the resin (AD1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the resin (AD1) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition (ii). Is more preferable.
  • low molecular weight compound having a monovalent iodine atom examples include a compound having a monovalent iodine atom and a molecular weight of less than 3000, preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 2000, and more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1500. More preferred are compounds having a molecular weight of less than 1000.
  • a low molecular compound (AD2) which has a monovalent iodine atom the compound represented by the following general formula (2 ') is mentioned, for example.
  • Ar 2 represents an n-valent aromatic ring group.
  • RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 2 is an n-valent aromatic ring group.
  • Examples of the monovalent aromatic ring group when n is 1 include an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a biphenyl group, and a stilbenyl group, or, for example, Preferred examples include aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, triphenylamine.
  • n-valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the monovalent aromatic ring group.
  • the group which can be mentioned can be mentioned suitably.
  • the n-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • substituent that the n-valent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a halogen atom (iodine atom).
  • the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the organic group containing at least one iodine atom represented by RI include iodoalkyl groups such as 2-iodoethyl group and 3-iodopropyl group. RI is preferably an iodine atom.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit value of the integer represented by n is equal to the number of replaceable hydrogen atoms in the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 2.
  • n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 3 or more.
  • AD2 low molecular weight compound
  • the low molecular compound (AD2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the low molecular weight compound (AD2) in the composition (ii) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content in the composition (ii). More preferred is 1 to 10% by mass.
  • composition (i) and composition (ii) are described.
  • the composition of the present invention comprises a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator”, “acid”). It is also preferable to contain the generated compound (B) ”.
  • the acid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a known acid generator, but upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an organic acid such as sulfonic acid, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide, or tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide is used. Compounds that generate at least either are preferred.
  • the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) is incorporated into a part of the resin (A) described above.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
  • the organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • Non-nucleophilic anions include, for example, sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphor sulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyls). Carboxylate anion, etc.), sulfonylimide anion, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion and the like.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number. Examples include 3 to 30 cycloalkyl groups.
  • the aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms).
  • an alkylthio group preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an alkylsulfonyl group preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an alkyliminosulfonyl group preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms
  • an aryloxysulfonyl group preferably having carbon atoms Number 6 to 20
  • alkylaryloxysulfonyl group preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms
  • cycloalkylary Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like.
  • examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15).
  • aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like.
  • a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. This increases the acid strength.
  • non-nucleophilic anions examples include fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ⁇ ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ⁇ ), fluorinated antimony (eg, SbF 6 ⁇ ), and the like. .
  • non-nucleophilic anion examples include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least ⁇ -position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group having a fluorine atom And a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion (more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms), a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, perfluoro An octane sulfonate anion, a pentafluorobenzene sulfonate anion, and a 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzene sulfonate anion.
  • the pKa of the generated acid is preferably ⁇ 1 or less in order to improve sensitivity.
  • an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) can be mentioned as a preferred embodiment.
  • Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2 , they may be the same or different.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
  • A represents a cyclic organic group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 20
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom of Xf preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 may be mentioned, among which a fluorine atom and CF 3 are preferable. In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group having a substituent for R 1 and R 2 include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , and C 7 F 15.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
  • x is preferably from 1 to 10, and more preferably from 1 to 5.
  • y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
  • z is preferably 0 to 5, and more preferably 0 to 3.
  • the divalent linking group of L is not particularly limited, and is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, An alkenylene group or a linking group in which a plurality of these groups are linked can be exemplified, and a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred.
  • —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, and —O— are preferable, and —COO— and —OCO— are more preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and is not limited to alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having aromaticity but also aromaticity). And the like).
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecane group.
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a nyl group and an adamantyl group is preferred.
  • an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, or the like is present in the film in the post-exposure heating step. Diffusivity can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving MEEF.
  • Examples of the aryl group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring.
  • Examples of the heterocyclic group include those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Of these, those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring and a pyridine ring are preferred.
  • examples of the cyclic organic group may include a lactone structure, and specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) that may be included in the resin (A). Can be mentioned.
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cyclo Alkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide Group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group and the like.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202, and R 203 include an aryl group, an alkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups.
  • aryl group in addition to a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue and a pyrrole residue can be used.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferable examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, and an n-butyl group. More preferable examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cycloheptyl group.
  • These groups may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • R 1a to R 13a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Of R 1a to R 13a , 1 to 3 are preferably substituents, and any one of R 9a to R 13a is more preferably a substituent. Za is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • X ⁇ has the same meaning as Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • R 1a to R 13a are substituents include a halogen atom, a linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, and a nitro group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group for Za include an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylamino group, a sulfonylamide group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an amino group, a disulfide group, and — (CH 2 ) N —CO—, — (CH 2 ) n —SO 2 —, —CH ⁇ CH—, aminocarbonylamino group, aminosulfonylamino group and the like (n is an integer of 1 to 3).
  • Preferred structures when at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is an organic group other than an aryl group include paragraphs 0046 to 0048 of JP-A No. 2004-233661 and JP-A No. 2003-35948.
  • the compounds exemplified as formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of the publication, US 2003/0224288 A1, and US 2003/0077540 A1 Mention may be made, for example, of cation structures such as compounds exemplified as formulas (IA-1) to (IA-54) and formulas (IB-1) to (IB-24).
  • R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group described as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI). It is the same as the alkyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI) may have.
  • Z ⁇ represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z ⁇ in formula (ZI).
  • Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI).
  • Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represents an aryl group.
  • R 208 , R 209 and R 210 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
  • Specific examples of the aryl group represented by Ar 3 , Ar 4 , R 208 , R 209, and R 210 are the same as the specific examples of the aryl group represented by R 201 , R 202, and R 203 in the general formula (ZI). Can be mentioned.
  • alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 , R 209 and R 210 include specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 in the general formula (ZI), respectively.
  • the alkylene group of A is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 carbon atoms.
  • alkenylene groups eg, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.
  • arylene group of A arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.) Each can be mentioned.
  • the compound (B) that generates the acid has a volume by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated by exposure to the non-exposed portion and improving the resolution. preferably 240 ⁇ 3 or more of a size acid compound that generates the, more preferably a compound capable of generating an acid volume of 300 ⁇ 3 or more dimensions, generating an acid volume of 350 ⁇ 3 or more dimensions More preferably, the compound is a compound that generates an acid having a volume of 400 3 or more. However, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and coating solvent solubility, the volume is preferably 2000 3 or less, and more preferably 1500 3 or less.
  • the volume value was determined using “WinMOPAC” manufactured by Fujitsu Limited. That is, first, the chemical structure of the acid according to each example is input, and then the most stable conformation of each acid is determined by molecular force field calculation using the MM3 method with this structure as the initial structure. By performing molecular orbital calculation using the PM3 method for these most stable conformations, the “accessible volume” of each acid can be calculated.
  • particularly preferred acid generators are exemplified below.
  • the calculated value of the volume is appended to a part of the example (unit 3 3 ).
  • required here is a volume value of the acid which the proton couple
  • An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. %.
  • the solvent that can be used in preparing the composition is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that dissolves each component.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; also known as 1-methoxy- 2-acetoxypropane)
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; 1-methoxy-2-propanol), etc.
  • lactate alkyl ester ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, etc.
  • cyclic lactone ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • alkylene carbonate ethylene carbonate, propylene, etc.
  • Boneto etc. alkyl acetate such as carboxylic acid alky
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.
  • solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40.
  • the solvent having a hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a basic compound.
  • the basic compound is preferably a compound having a stronger basicity than phenol.
  • this basic compound is preferably an organic basic compound, and more preferably a nitrogen-containing basic compound.
  • nitrogen-containing basic compound that can be used is not particularly limited, for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (7) can be used, and among them, (4) ammonium salt described later is preferable.
  • Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. However, at least one of the three Rs is an organic group. This organic group is a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • This organic group is a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1) (description of each group, specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1), etc.) include paragraphs of JP2013-015572A Reference can be made to the descriptions of 0471-0481, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
  • This nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Moreover, you may have two or more nitrogen atoms. Furthermore, you may contain hetero atoms other than nitrogen. Specifically, for example, compounds having an imidazole structure (2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, etc.), compounds having a piperidine structure [N-hydroxyethylpiperidine and bis (1,2,2) , 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate], compounds having a pyridine structure (such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine), and compounds having an antipyrine structure (such as antipyrine and hydroxyantipyrine).
  • Examples of compounds having a preferred nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include, for example, guanidine, aminopyridine, aminoalkylpyridine, aminopyrrolidine, indazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, purine, imidazoline, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine and Aminoalkylmorpholine is mentioned. These may further have a substituent.
  • Preferred substituents include, for example, amino group, aminoalkyl group, alkylamino group, aminoaryl group, arylamino group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, acyl group, acyloxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, nitro group, hydroxyl group And a cyano group.
  • Particularly preferred compounds having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include, for example, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, N-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 4,5-diphenylimidazole, 2,4,5- Triphenylimidazole, 2-aminopyridine, 3-aminopyridine, 4-aminopyridine, 2-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 2-diethylaminopyridine, 2- (aminomethyl) pyridine, 2-amino-3- Methylpyridine, 2-amino-4-methylpyridine, 2-amino-5-methylpyridine, 2-amino-6-methylpyridine, 3-aminoethylpyridine, 4-aminoethylpyridine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, piperazine, N -(2-Aminoethyl) piperazine N- (2-aminoethyl) piperidine, 4-amino
  • a compound having two or more ring structures is also preferably used.
  • Specific examples include 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene and 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -undec-7-ene.
  • An amine compound having a phenoxy group is a compound having a phenoxy group at the terminal opposite to the N atom of the alkyl group contained in the amine compound.
  • the phenoxy group is, for example, a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, and an aryloxy group. You may have.
  • This compound more preferably has at least one oxyalkylene chain between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom.
  • the number of oxyalkylene chains in one molecule is preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6.
  • —CH 2 CH 2 O— is particularly preferable.
  • the amine compound having a phenoxy group is prepared by reacting, for example, a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group with a haloalkyl ether, and adding an aqueous solution of a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. And then extracted with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
  • the amine compound having a phenoxy group reacts by heating a primary or secondary amine and a haloalkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the terminal, and a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. It can also be obtained by adding an aqueous solution and then extracting with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
  • ammonium salt As the basic compound, an ammonium salt can be appropriately used, and a quaternary ammonium salt is preferable.
  • the cation of the ammonium salt is preferably a tetraalkylammonium cation substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a tetramethylammonium cation, a tetraethylammonium cation, a tetra (n-propyl) ammonium cation, or a tetra (i-propyl) ammonium.
  • tetra (n-butyl) ammonium cation tetra (n-heptyl) ammonium cation, tetra (n-octyl) ammonium cation, dimethylhexadecylammonium cation, benzyltrimethyl cation, etc.
  • anion of the ammonium salt include hydroxide, carboxylate, halide, sulfonate, borate, and phosphate. Of these, hydroxide or carboxylate is particularly preferred.
  • halide chloride, bromide and iodide are particularly preferable.
  • sulfonate an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • examples of the organic sulfonate include alkyl sulfonates having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and aryl sulfonates.
  • the alkyl group contained in the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent.
  • substituents include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an aryl group.
  • alkyl sulfonate examples include methane sulfonate, ethane sulfonate, butane sulfonate, hexane sulfonate, octane sulfonate, benzyl sulfonate, trifluoromethane sulfonate, pentafluoroethane sulfonate, and nonafluorobutane sulfonate.
  • aryl group contained in the aryl sulfonate examples include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. These aryl groups may have a substituent.
  • this substituent for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable. Specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, n-hexyl and cyclohexyl groups are preferred.
  • the other substituent include an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, cyano, nitro, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group.
  • the carboxylate may be an aliphatic carboxylate or an aromatic carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, lactate, bilbate, trifluoroacetate, adamantane carboxylate, hydroxyadamantane carboxylate, benzoate, naphthoate, salicylate, phthalate, phenolate, and the like.
  • benzoate, naphthoate, phenolate and the like are preferable, and benzoate is most preferable.
  • tetra (n-butyl) ammonium benzoate, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium phenolate and the like are preferable as the ammonium salt.
  • this ammonium salt is a tetraalkylammonium hydroxide having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra- (n-butyl) ammonium hydroxide, etc.). Is particularly preferred.
  • a compound having a proton acceptor functional group and generating a compound which is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to decrease or disappear the proton acceptor property or change from proton acceptor property to acidity PA
  • the composition of the present invention has a proton acceptor functional group as a basic compound, and is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, resulting in a decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor, or an acid from the proton acceptor It may further contain a compound that generates a compound that has been changed to [hereinafter also referred to as compound (PA)].
  • PA proton acceptor functional group having a proton acceptor functional group and decomposing upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate a compound whose proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity
  • JP-A-2012-32762 paragraphs 0379 to 0425 (corresponding to ⁇ 0386> to ⁇ 0435> of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0003590), the contents of which are described in this specification. Incorporated.
  • the compounding ratio of the compound (PA) in the whole composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass in the total solid content.
  • the composition of the present invention may further contain a guanidine compound.
  • a guanidine compound description in paragraphs 0374 to 0378 of JP 2012-32762 A (corresponding to ⁇ 0382> to ⁇ 0385> of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0003590) can be referred to. Incorporated in the description.
  • Low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid The composition of the present invention comprises a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter referred to as “low molecular weight compound”).
  • low molecular compound (D) or “compound (D)”.
  • the low molecular compound (D) preferably has basicity after the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is eliminated.
  • description in paragraphs 0324 to 0337 of JP2012-133331A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
  • the low molecular compound (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the composition of the present invention may or may not contain the low molecular compound (D), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (D) is the total solid of the composition combined with the basic compound described above.
  • the amount is usually 0.001 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the minute.
  • a photosensitive basic compound may be used as the basic compound.
  • the photosensitive basic compound include JP-T-2003-524799 and J. Photopolym. Sci & Tech. Vol. 8, P.I. 543-553 (1995) and the like can be used.
  • the molecular weight of the basic compound is usually 100 to 1500, preferably 150 to 1300, and more preferably 200 to 1000.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1 to 8%. It is more preferably 0.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 5.0% by mass.
  • the molar ratio of the basic compound to the acid generator is preferably 0.01 to 10, more preferably 0.05 to 5, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3. If this molar ratio is excessively increased, sensitivity and / or resolution may be reduced. If this molar ratio is excessively small, there is a possibility that pattern thinning occurs between exposure and heating (post-bake). More preferably, it is 0.05-5, and still more preferably 0.1-3.
  • the acid generator in the molar ratio is based on the total amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) of the resin and the acid generator that the resin may further contain. is there.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes one or two compounds that decompose by the action of an acid to generate an acid. More than one species may be included.
  • the acid generated from the compound that decomposes by the action of the acid to generate an acid is preferably a sulfonic acid, a methide acid, or an imido acid.
  • Examples of compounds that can be decomposed by the action of an acid that can be used in the present invention to generate an acid are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • produces an acid can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the content of the compound that generates an acid by being decomposed by the action of an acid is 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may have a hydrophobic resin (HR) separately from the resin (A).
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. However, unlike the surfactant, it is not always necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and the polar / nonpolar substance is uniformly mixed. There is no need to contribute. Examples of the effect of adding the hydrophobic resin include control of the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with respect to water, suppression of outgas, and the like.
  • the hydrophobic resin has at least one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface. It is preferable to have two or more types.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom
  • the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or in the side chain. It may be.
  • the hydrophobic resin when it contains a fluorine atom, it may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom include those exemplified in paragraph 0519 of US2012 / 0251948A1.
  • the hydrophobic resin preferably includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) includes a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like.
  • side chain CH 3 partial structure includes a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like.
  • methyl groups directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin for example, ⁇ -methyl groups of repeating units having a methacrylic acid structure
  • the hydrophobic resin includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M)
  • R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”
  • the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
  • CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
  • R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 )
  • R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
  • R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl.
  • Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
  • the hydrophobic resin is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
  • the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) and the following general unit It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the formula (III).
  • X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom
  • R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid.
  • the organic group which is stable to acid is more preferably an organic group other than the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (A).
  • the alkyl group of Xb1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
  • X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
  • Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are shown below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, specifically, a group other than a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
  • a repeating unit having a group of Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by formula (III) will be described in detail.
  • X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom
  • R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
  • the alkyl group for Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
  • X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom. Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable against acid, more specifically, R 3 is preferably an organic group that does not have the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (A).
  • R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
  • the acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the general formula (S) is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, based on all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. It is more preferable. Content is 100 mol% or less normally with respect to all the repeating units of hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (II) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) as all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin.
  • the surface free energy of hydrophobic resin increases by containing 90 mol% or more. As a result, the hydrophobic resin tends to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film.
  • the hydrophobic resin includes the following groups (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) it contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, or (ii) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. It may have at least one group selected from (X) an acid group, (Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group, (Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
  • Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
  • Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), sulfonimide groups,
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable.
  • the repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 20 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. It is. Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
  • the group having a lactone structure As the group having a lactone structure, the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
  • the repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester.
  • this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group.
  • this repeating unit may be introduce
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure include the same repeating units as the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the resin (A).
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. It is more preferably mol%, and further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin include the same repeating units as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group exemplified in the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 10%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
  • the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass and more preferably 10 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the content of silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin.
  • the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
  • the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferred that the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an atom or silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. More preferably, it is ideally 0 mol%, ie it does not contain fluorine and silicon atoms.
  • hydrophobic resin is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, it is preferable that the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. 97 mol% or more is more preferable, 99 mol% or more is further preferable, and ideally 100 mol%.
  • the standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000. Moreover, the hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. 7 mass% is still more preferable.
  • the hydrophobic resin has a small amount of impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, 0.05 to 1% by mass is even more preferred.
  • the molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3, from the viewpoint of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern side wall, roughness, etc. A range of 1 to 2 is preferred.
  • hydrophobic resin various commercially available products can be used, and can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • a conventional method for example, radical polymerization
  • a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours.
  • the dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
  • reaction solvent the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as described in the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin, the reaction concentration Is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
  • hydrophobic resin those described in JP 2011-248019 A, JP 2010-175859 A, and JP 2012-032544 A can also be preferably used.
  • composition of the present invention may further contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less, is used, it is possible to form a pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution. Become.
  • the surfactant it is particularly preferable to use a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant examples include surfactants described in ⁇ 0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • F-top EF301 or EF303 manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.
  • Florard FC430, 431 or 4430 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
  • Megafac F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120 or R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.); Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.); Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi
  • the surfactant is a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as a telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as an oligomer method) in addition to the known surfactants as described above. You may synthesize using. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from this fluoroaliphatic compound may be used as a surfactant. This fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
  • the polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group is preferably a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and at least one of (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate and (poly (oxyalkylene)) methacrylate. It may be distributed regularly or may be block copolymerized.
  • the poly (oxyalkylene) group include a poly (oxyethylene) group, a poly (oxypropylene) group, and a poly (oxybutylene) group.
  • units having different chain length alkylene in the same chain such as poly (block connection body of oxyethylene, oxypropylene, and oxyethylene) and poly (block connection body of oxyethylene and oxypropylene) Also good.
  • a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate is composed of a monomer having two or more different fluoroaliphatic groups and two or more different (poly (oxyalkylene). )) It may be a ternary or higher copolymer obtained by copolymerizing acrylate or methacrylate simultaneously.
  • Examples of commercially available surfactants include Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, and F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation).
  • surfactants other than fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in ⁇ 0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
  • One of these surfactants may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, further based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the amount is preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
  • the composition of the present invention is a dissolution inhibitor having a molecular weight of 3000 or less as described in carboxylic acid, carboxylic acid onium salt, Proceedingof SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996), etc.
  • a compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an antioxidant and the like can be appropriately contained.
  • carboxylic acid is preferably used for improving the performance.
  • aromatic carboxylic acids such as benzoic acid and naphthoic acid are preferable.
  • the content of the carboxylic acid is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass in the total solid content of the composition.
  • the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably used in a film thickness of 10 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 20 to 200 nm, and still more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. Is used at 30-100 nm. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
  • the solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0. Is 5.3 mass%.
  • the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, which suppresses aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the photoacid generator. As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
  • the solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
  • the above components are dissolved in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the mixed solvent, filtered, and then applied onto a predetermined support (substrate).
  • a predetermined organic solvent preferably the mixed solvent
  • the pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • filter filtration for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel.
  • the composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
  • the present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter also referred to as a resist film) formed using the above-described composition of the present invention (composition (i) or composition (ii)). .
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention comprises: (A) a step of forming a film (resist film) using the composition (i) or the composition (ii) described above, (A) a step of exposing the film; and (c) a step of forming a pattern by removing an exposed portion of the exposed film using an alkali developer (alkali development step).
  • a pattern forming method having at least
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes: (A) a step of forming a film (resist film) using the composition (i) or the composition (ii) described above, (A) a step of exposing the film; and (c) a step of forming a pattern by removing the exposed portion of the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step).
  • a pattern forming method having at least
  • the exposure in the step (ii) may be immersion exposure.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention preferably comprises (i) a heating step after (b) the exposure step.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may further include (e) a step of developing using an alkali developer when the developer in the step (c) is a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • the developer in the step (c) is an alkali developer
  • it may further include a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step, but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by further performing the alkali development step.
  • the order of the alkali development step and the organic solvent development step is not particularly limited, but it is more preferable to perform the alkali development before the organic solvent development step.
  • the pattern formation method of this invention can have (b) exposure process in multiple times.
  • the pattern formation method of this invention can have (d) a heating process in multiple times.
  • the resist film formed from the composition (i) or the composition (ii) is preferably formed on a substrate.
  • the step of forming a film on the substrate using the composition (i) or the composition (ii), the step of exposing the film, and the developing step are generally known methods. Can be performed.
  • composition (i) or the composition (ii) is used for, for example, a substrate (for example, silicon / silicon dioxide coating, silicon nitride, and chromium-deposited quartz used for manufacturing precision integrated circuit elements, imprint molds, etc. It is applied on a substrate or the like using a spinner or a coater. Thereafter, this can be dried to form a resist film.
  • a substrate for example, silicon / silicon dioxide coating, silicon nitride, and chromium-deposited quartz used for manufacturing precision integrated circuit elements, imprint molds, etc. It is applied on a substrate or the like using a spinner or a coater. Thereafter, this can be dried to form a resist film.
  • an antireflection film may be coated on the substrate in advance.
  • the antireflection film any of an inorganic film type such as titanium, titanium dioxide, titanium nitride, chromium oxide, carbon, and amorphous silicon, and an organic film type made of a light absorber and a polymer material can be used.
  • the organic antireflection film commercially available organic antireflection films such as Brewer Science DUV30 series, DUV-40 series, Shipley AR-2, AR-3 and AR-5 may be used. it can.
  • PB preheating step
  • PEB post-exposure heating step
  • the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB, more preferably 80 to 110 ° C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds. Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like. The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
  • a heating step Post Bake
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • actinic rays or radiation examples include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams.
  • actinic rays or radiation for example, those having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less are more preferable.
  • actinic rays or radiation examples include KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
  • preferable actinic rays or radiation include KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, electron beam, X-ray and EUV light. More preferred are electron beam, X-ray and EUV light.
  • the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, or SiO 2 , a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG (Spin-On-Glass), a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, etc.
  • a substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and also in other photofabrication lithography processes can be used.
  • an organic antireflection film may be formed between the film and the substrate.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer
  • examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia.
  • Inorganic amines such as ethylamine, primary amines such as n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, and triethanol Alcohol amines such as amine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexyl Tetraalkylammonium hydroxide such as ammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammoni
  • an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
  • an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
  • a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
  • a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
  • the developer (organic developer) in the step includes a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, and an alcohol solvent.
  • Polar solvents such as amide solvents and ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n -Alcohols such as hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono Ethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, may be mentioned glycol monoethyl ether and methoxymethyl butanol.
  • ether solvent examples include anisole, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
  • amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture. That is, the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developer. .
  • the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents.
  • the vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C.
  • the developer having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, Ketone solvents such as diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylisobutylketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate Ester solvents such as butyl
  • the developer having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, Ketone solvents such as diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3- Ester solvents such as ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate Alcohol solvents such as
  • the organic developer may contain a basic compound.
  • Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as the basic compound that can be contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above.
  • the surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used.
  • fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants for example, JP-A-62-36663, JP-A-61-226746, JP-A-61-226745, JP-A-62-170950 are disclosed.
  • the surfactant is a nonionic surfactant.
  • it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
  • the amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
  • a developing method for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc.
  • dip method a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time
  • paddle a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time
  • spray method a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface
  • the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less.
  • There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
  • the details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure within the above range, the pressure applied by the developer to the resist film will decrease, and the resist film / resist pattern may be inadvertently cut or collapsed. This is considered to be suppressed.
  • the developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
  • Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
  • a step of stopping development while replacing the organic developer with another solvent may be performed.
  • a step of washing with a rinse solution may be included. From the viewpoint of throughput (productivity), the amount of rinse solution used, etc. It is not necessary to include the step of using and washing.
  • the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • the rinsing liquid contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents (preferably decane), ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. It is preferable to use a rinse solution.
  • specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
  • it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent.
  • a step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
  • examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
  • a plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
  • the water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
  • the vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
  • the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent.
  • the cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied.
  • a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate.
  • a heating process (PostBake) after the rinsing process.
  • the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
  • an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACSano Vol. 4 No. 8 Pages 4815-4823).
  • the resist pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (core) of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509.
  • the present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention is suitably used for semiconductor fine circuit creation such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips.
  • the patterned resist film is used for circuit formation and etching, and the remaining resist film portion is finally removed with a solvent or the like.
  • the resist film derived from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention does not remain in the final product such as a microchip.
  • resins (P-2) to (P-16) are synthesized using the same method as the synthesis of resin (P-1) except that the monomers used in the synthesis of resin (P-1) are changed. Synthesized.
  • the structure, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the synthesized polymers (resins (P-2) to (P-16)) are shown below.
  • the composition ratio of each repeating unit of the following polymer structure was shown by molar ratio.
  • W-1 Megafax R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation; fluorine and silicon)
  • W-2 Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
  • W-3 Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd .; fluorine-based)
  • W-4 PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA; fluorine-based)
  • Examples 1-1 to 1-20 have higher sensitivity and higher resolution than Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 in which the composition of the present invention is not used. I was able to be satisfied at the same time.
  • Comparative Example 1-3 since the low molecular compound M-3, which is a crosslinking agent, crosslinks with the polar group, the exposed area was not removed even with alkali development, and a desired pattern was not obtained.
  • Examples 2-1 to 2-20, Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-4 (EUV exposure (organic solvent development))
  • the composition is changed as shown in the table below, and development is performed with the organic developer described in the table below instead of the alkaline aqueous solution (TMAH; 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), and the water is replaced with water.
  • TMAH alkaline aqueous solution
  • An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was prepared and a pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that rinsing was performed using the rinsing liquid described in the following table. In the table below, rinsing is not performed in the examples where “None” is described in the column of the rinsing liquid.
  • Examples 2-1 to 2-20 have higher sensitivity and higher resolution than Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-4 that do not use the composition of the present invention. I was able to be satisfied at the same time.
  • Comparative Example 2-3 since the low molecular compound M-3, which is a cross-linking agent, crosslinks with a polar group, the exposed area is removed when an organic solvent is developed, and a desired pattern cannot be obtained. It was.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

 A pattern forming method having: a step for forming a film using an active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition as indicated by (i) or (ii); a step for exposing the film; and a step for removing the exposed portion of the film that was exposed, and forming a pattern, using an alkali developing fluid or a developing fluid containing an organic solvent. (i) An active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing a resin (A1) that has: a repeating unit having a group that decomposes to form a polar group due to the action of an acid; and a repeating unit that does not dissociate when irradiated with active light or radiation, said repeating unit having a partial structure that has a monovalent iodine atom (ii) An active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing: a resin (A2) having a repeating unit that has a group that decomposes to form a polar group due to the action of an acid; and a compound (AD) having a monovalent iodine atom.

Description

パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイス、並びに、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, electronic device, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film
 本発明は、超LSIや高容量マイクロチップの製造などの超マイクロリソグラフィプロセスやその他のフォトファブリケーションプロセスに好適に用いられる、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイス、並びに、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜に関する。
 更に詳しくは、電子線又はEUV光(波長:13nm付近)を用いる半導体素子の微細加工に好適に用いることができる、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイス、並びに、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、レジスト膜に関する。
The present invention relates to a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, an electronic device, and a sensitivity, which are suitably used in an ultra microlithography process such as manufacturing an ultra LSI or a high-capacity microchip and other photofabrication processes. The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film.
More specifically, a pattern forming method, an electronic device manufacturing method, an electronic device, and an actinic ray that can be suitably used for microfabrication of a semiconductor element using an electron beam or EUV light (wavelength: around 13 nm). The present invention relates to a photosensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film.
 従来、ICやLSIなどの半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、フォトレジスト組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。近年、集積回路の高集積化に伴い、サブミクロン領域やクオーターミクロン領域の超微細パターン形成が要求されるようになってきている。それに伴い、露光波長もg線からi線に、更にKrFエキシマレーザー光に、というように短波長化の傾向が見られる。更には、現在では、エキシマレーザー光以外にも、電子線やX線を用いたリソグラフィーも開発が進んでいる(例えば、特許文献1,2参照)。 Conventionally, in the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as IC and LSI, fine processing by lithography using a photoresist composition has been performed. In recent years, with the high integration of integrated circuits, the formation of ultrafine patterns in the submicron region and the quarter micron region has been required. Along with this, there is a tendency to shorten the exposure wavelength from g-line to i-line, and further to KrF excimer laser light. In addition to the excimer laser beam, lithography using electron beams and X-rays is currently being developed (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2).
特開2002-72483号公報JP 2002-72483 A 特開2002-174894号公報JP 2002-174894 A
 近年、極紫外線(EUV光)を用いるリソグラフィーも、次世代もしくは次々世代のパターン形成技術として位置付けられ、高感度及び高解像性を達成することが望まれている。
 本発明者らは、特許文献1,2に記載のレジスト組成物を用いて検討したところ、感度及び解像性が不十分な場合があることが分かった。
 本発明は、以上の点を鑑みてなされたものであり、その目的は、高感度及び高解像性を達成できるパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイス、並びに、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、これを用いたレジスト膜を提供することにある。
In recent years, lithography using extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light) has also been positioned as a next-generation or next-generation pattern formation technique, and it is desired to achieve high sensitivity and high resolution.
When the present inventors examined using the resist composition of patent document 1, 2, it turned out that a sensitivity and resolution may be inadequate.
The present invention has been made in view of the above points, and an object thereof is a pattern forming method capable of achieving high sensitivity and high resolution, a method for manufacturing an electronic device using the same, and an electronic device. The present invention also provides an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and a resist film using the same.
 すなわち、本発明は、以下の〔1〕~〔16〕を提供する。
 〔1〕下記(i)又は(ii)である感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、この膜を露光する工程、及び、アルカリ現像液を用いて、この露光された膜の露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を有するパターン形成方法。
(i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A1)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
(ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
 〔2〕上記(i)又は(ii)である感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、この膜を露光する工程、及び、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて、この露光された膜の未露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法。
 〔3〕上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(i)である、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔4〕上記樹脂(A1)の含有率が、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(i)中の全固形分を基準にして、25~99質量%である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔5〕上記樹脂(A1)が、下記の一般式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位を含有する、〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 一般式(1’)中、
 R11、R12及びR13は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R13はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、R13とArとが結合する場合、R13はアルキレン基を表す。
 Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、芳香環基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-SONH-、-SOO-、-NR-、2価の窒素含有非芳香族複素環基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる2価の連結基を表す。Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Arは、芳香環基を表す。
 RIは、ヨウ素原子又は少なくとも一つのヨウ素原子を含む有機基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。
 〔6〕上記一般式(1’)中のRIが、ヨウ素原子である、〔5〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔7〕上記一般式(1’)中のnが、2以上の整数である、〔5〕又は〔6〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔8〕上記一般式(1’)中のXが、-COO-である、〔5〕~〔7〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔9〕上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)を含有する、〔1〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔10〕上記樹脂(A1)が、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する基を有する繰り返し単位を有する、〔3〕~〔8〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔11〕上記露光が、EUV光による露光である〔1〕~〔10〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔12〕〔1〕~〔11〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
 〔13〕〔12〕に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。
 〔14〕感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、この膜を露光する工程、及び、アルカリ現像液を用いて、この露光された膜の露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法に使用され、上記(i)又は(ii)である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔15〕感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、この膜を露光する工程、及び、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて、この露光された膜の未露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法に使用され、上記(i)又は(ii)である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔16〕〔14〕又は〔15〕に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物から形成されるレジスト膜。
That is, the present invention provides the following [1] to [16].
[1] A step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i) or (ii) below, a step of exposing the film, and an alkaline developer The pattern formation method which has the process of removing the exposure part of the exposed film | membrane and forming a pattern.
(I) A resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation ( An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A1) (ii) a resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a monovalent iodine atom Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing compound (AD) having [2] A film is formed using the actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is (i) or (ii) above A pattern forming method including a step, a step of exposing the film, and a step of forming a pattern by removing an unexposed portion of the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent.
[3] The pattern forming method according to [1] or [2], wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i).
[4] The content of the resin (A1) is 25 to 99% by mass based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i). [3] The pattern forming method according to any one of [3].
[5] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [4], wherein the resin (A1) contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1 ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
In general formula (1 ′),
R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring. When R 13 and Ar 1 are bonded, R 13 represents an alkylene group.
X 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, aromatic ring group, -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - SO 2 NH -, - SO 2 O -, - NR-, 2 divalent nitrogen It represents a divalent linking group comprising a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or a combination thereof. R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group.
RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
[6] The pattern forming method according to [5], wherein RI in the general formula (1 ′) is an iodine atom.
[7] The pattern forming method according to [5] or [6], wherein n in the general formula (1 ′) is an integer of 2 or more.
[8] The pattern forming method according to any one of [5] to [7], wherein X 1 in the general formula (1 ′) is —COO—.
[9] The method according to any one of [1] to [8], wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Pattern forming method.
[10] The pattern forming method according to any one of [3] to [8], wherein the resin (A1) has a repeating unit having a group capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
[11] The pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [10], wherein the exposure is exposure with EUV light.
[12] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [1] to [11].
[13] An electronic device manufactured by the method for manufacturing an electronic device according to [12].
[14] A step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the film, and an exposed portion of the exposed film are removed using an alkali developer. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is used in a pattern forming method including a step of forming a pattern and is (i) or (ii) above.
[15] A step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the film, and an unexposed portion of the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is used in a pattern forming method including a step of forming a pattern by removing a portion and is (i) or (ii) above.
[16] A resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [14] or [15].
 本発明によれば、高感度及び高解像性を達成できるパターン形成方法、及び、これを用いた電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、電子デバイス、並びに、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、及び、これを用いたレジスト膜を提供できる。 ADVANTAGE OF THE INVENTION According to this invention, the pattern formation method which can achieve high sensitivity and high resolution, the manufacturing method of an electronic device using the same, an electronic device, and actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition And a resist film using the same.
 以下、本発明の実施形態について詳細に説明する。
 本明細書に於ける基(原子団)の表記に於いて、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含するものである。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本明細書において光とは、極紫外線(EUV光)のみならず、電子線も含む。
 また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、極紫外線(EUV光)による露光のみならず、電子線による描画も露光に含める。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等を意味する。また、本発明において光とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。また、本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、X線、EUV光などによる露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も露光に含める。
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail.
In the notation of a group (atomic group) in this specification, a notation that does not indicate substitution or non-substitution refers to a group (atomic group) having a substituent together with a group (atomic group) having no substituent. Is also included. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
In this specification, light includes not only extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light) but also electron beams.
In addition, “exposure” in this specification includes not only exposure by extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light) but also drawing by electron beams unless otherwise specified.
“Actinic light” or “radiation” in the present specification means, for example, an emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light), X-rays, electron beams and the like. In the present invention, light means actinic rays or radiation. In addition, the term “exposure” in the present specification is not limited to exposure with far ultraviolet rays such as mercury lamps and excimer lasers, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams, unless otherwise specified. Include drawing in exposure.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、後述するパターン形成方法に使用される、下記(i)又は(ii)の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
(i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
(ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is the following actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i) or (ii) used in a pattern forming method described later.
(I) a resin having a repeating unit having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition to be contained (ii) Resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a compound having a monovalent iodine atom ( AD) containing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物により、高感度及び解像性を達成できる。その理由は定かではないが、次のように推測される。
 まず、EUV光を用いて露光した場合は、樹脂組成物が光を吸収して電子を発生し、その発生した電子によって酸発生剤が分解して酸を発生させると考えられる。
 このとき、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、EUV光の吸収係数が高いヨウ素原子を含んでいるため、EUV光を多く吸収でき、高感度となると考えられる。
 また、電子線を用いて露光した場合も、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物はヨウ素原子を含んでいるため、電子が多く発生し、高感度となると考えられる。
 さらに、露光量が低減し、露光で発生する酸の非露光部への拡散が抑制されることで、高解像性が得られると考えられる。
High sensitivity and resolution can be achieved by the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. The reason is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
First, when exposed using EUV light, it is considered that the resin composition absorbs light to generate electrons, and the generated electrons are decomposed by the generated electrons to generate an acid.
At this time, since the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains iodine atoms having a high EUV light absorption coefficient, it can be considered that it can absorb a lot of EUV light and has high sensitivity.
Further, even when exposed using an electron beam, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention contains iodine atoms, so that a large amount of electrons are generated and the sensitivity is considered high.
Furthermore, it is considered that high resolution can be obtained by reducing the exposure amount and suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated by exposure to the non-exposed portion.
<感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物>
 まず、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ともいう)について説明する。
 本発明の組成物は、典型的にはレジスト組成物である。また本発明の組成物は、典型的には化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
 本発明の組成物は、後述するパターン形成方法に使用されるものであって、下記(i)又は(ii)のいずれかの感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物である。
(i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A1)(以下「樹脂(A1)」ともいう。)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下「組成物(i)」ともいう)
(ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)(以下「樹脂(A2)」ともいう。)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)(以下「化合物(AD)」ともいう。)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「組成物(ii)」ともいう)
<Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition>
First, the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) will be described.
The composition of the present invention is typically a resist composition. The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
The composition of this invention is used for the pattern formation method mentioned later, Comprising: It is the actinic-ray sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition of any of following (i) or (ii).
(I) A resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation ( A1) (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (A1)”) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “composition (i)”)
(Ii) Resin (A2) (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (A2)”) having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a compound having a monovalent iodine atom (AD ) (Hereinafter also referred to as “compound (AD)”) containing actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “composition (ii)”)
<組成物(i)及び(ii)、並びに、樹脂(A1)及び樹脂(A2)>
 組成物(i)が含有する樹脂(A1)と、組成物(ii)が含有する樹脂(A2)とは、共通して、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する。
 そこで、以下では、まず、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A)について説明する。
 以下に説明する樹脂(A)は樹脂(A2)に相当し、この樹脂(A)に後述する「活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を有する繰り返し単位(以下「繰り返し単位(s)」ともいう。)」を持たせた樹脂が樹脂(A1)に相当する。
<Compositions (i) and (ii), and resin (A1) and resin (A2)>
The resin (A1) contained in the composition (i) and the resin (A2) contained in the composition (ii) have in common a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. Have.
Therefore, hereinafter, the resin (A) having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group will be described.
The resin (A) described below corresponds to the resin (A2), and a “repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not desorbed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation” described later on the resin (A). (Hereinafter, also referred to as “repeating unit (s)”) corresponds to the resin (A1).
<樹脂(A)>
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性繰り返し単位を有する。酸分解性繰り返し単位とは、例えば、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に、酸の作用により分解する基(以下、「酸分解性基」ともいう)を有する繰り返し単位である。
 本発明の組成物は、ポジ型レジスト組成物として使用してもよく、ネガ型レジスト組成物として使用してもよい。
 本発明の組成物が、ネガ型レジスト組成物として使用される場合、分解して生じる基は極性基であることが、有機溶剤を含む現像液との親和性が低くなり、不溶化又は難溶化(ネガ化)を進行するため好ましい。また、極性基は酸性基であることがより好ましい。極性基の定義は後述する繰り返し単位(c)の項で説明する定義と同義であるが、酸分解性基が分解して生じる極性基の例としては、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、酸性基などが挙げられる。
<Resin (A)>
Resin (A) has an acid-decomposable repeating unit. The acid-decomposable repeating unit has, for example, a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or in both the main chain and the side chain. It is a repeating unit.
The composition of the present invention may be used as a positive resist composition or a negative resist composition.
When the composition of the present invention is used as a negative resist composition, the group generated by decomposition is a polar group, which has a low affinity with a developer containing an organic solvent and is insoluble or hardly soluble ( (Negative) is preferred. The polar group is more preferably an acidic group. The definition of the polar group is synonymous with the definition described in the section of the repeating unit (c) described later. Examples of the polar group generated by the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group include an alcoholic hydroxyl group, an amino group, and an acidic group Is mentioned.
 酸分解性基が分解して生じる極性基は、酸性基であることが好ましい。
 酸性基としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液中で不溶化する基であれば特に限定されないが、好ましくは、フェノール性ヒドロキシル基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基であり、より好ましくは、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、フェノール性ヒドロキシル基、スルホン酸基等の酸性基(従来レジストの現像液として用いられている、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)が挙げられる。
The polar group generated by the decomposition of the acid-decomposable group is preferably an acidic group.
The acidic group is not particularly limited as long as it is a group that is insolubilized in a developer containing an organic solvent, but is preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonyl group. Imido group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (Alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, more preferably carboxylic acid group, fluorinated alcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol group), phenolic hydride Hexyl group, (used as a developer for conventional resist, a group dissociated in 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution) acidic group such as a sulfonic acid group include.
 酸分解性基として好ましい基は、これらの基の水素原子を酸で脱離する基で置換した基である。
 酸で脱離する基としては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R36)(R37)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基、又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
 酸分解性基としては好ましくは、クミルエステル基、エノールエステル基、アセタールエステル基、第3級のアルキルエステル基等である。
A preferable group as the acid-decomposable group is a group in which the hydrogen atom of these groups is substituted with a group capable of leaving with an acid.
Examples of the group leaving with an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ). ) (OR 39 ) and the like.
In the formula, each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group.
The acid-decomposable group is preferably a cumyl ester group, an enol ester group, an acetal ester group, a tertiary alkyl ester group or the like.
 (a)酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位
 樹脂(A)は、例えば、樹脂の主鎖又は側鎖、あるいは、主鎖及び側鎖の両方に酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a)を有することが好ましい。繰り返し単位(a)としては、下記一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位がより好ましい。
(A) Repeating unit having acid-decomposable group The resin (A) has, for example, a repeating unit (a) having an acid-decomposable group in the main chain or side chain of the resin, or in both the main chain and side chain. It is preferable. As the repeating unit (a), a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (V) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 一般式(V)中、
 R51、R52、及びR53は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R52はLと結合して環を形成していてもよく、R52とLとが結合する場合、R52はアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R52と環を形成する場合には3価の連結基を表す。
 R54はアルキル基を表し、R55及びR56は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアラルキル基を表す。R55及びR56は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。但し、R55とR56とが同時に水素原子であることはない。
In general formula (V),
R 51 , R 52 , and R 53 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 52 may be bonded to L 5 to form a ring, and when R 52 and L 5 are bonded, R 52 represents an alkylene group.
L 5 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and in the case of forming a ring with R 52 , represents a trivalent linking group.
R 54 represents an alkyl group, and R 55 and R 56 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group. R 55 and R 56 may combine with each other to form a ring. However, no and R 55 and R 56 are hydrogen atoms at the same time.
 一般式(V)について、更に詳細に説明する。
 一般式(V)におけるR51~R53のアルキル基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基など炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、より好ましくは炭素数8以下のアルキル基、特に好ましくは炭素数3以下のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 アルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R51~R53におけるアルキル基と同様のアルキル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいシクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの炭素数3~10個で単環型のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、及び臭素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が特に好ましい。
The general formula (V) will be described in more detail.
The alkyl group of R 51 to R 53 in the general formula (V) is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, which may have a substituent, Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, more preferably alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms, and particularly preferably alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same alkyl group as the alkyl group in R 51 to R 53 described above.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Preferred examples include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, which may have a substituent.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferable.
 上記各基における好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等を挙げることができ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。 Preferred substituents in each of the above groups include, for example, alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, amino groups, amide groups, ureido groups, urethane groups, hydroxyl groups, carboxyl groups, halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, thioether groups, acyls. Group, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group and the like, and the substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
 またR52がアルキレン基でありLと環を形成する場合、アルキレン基としては、好ましくはメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が挙げられる。炭素数1~4のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基が特に好ましい。R52とLとが結合して形成する環は、5又は6員環であることが特に好ましい。 When R 52 is an alkylene group and forms a ring with L 5 , the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group. Groups. An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. The ring formed by combining R 52 and L 5 is particularly preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 式(V)におけるR51及びR53としては、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子がより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、トリフルオロメチル基(-CF)、ヒドロキシメチル基(-CH-OH)、クロロメチル基(-CH-Cl)、フッ素原子(-F)が特に好ましい。R52としては、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、アルキレン基(Lと環を形成)がより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、トリフルオロメチル基(-CF)、ヒドロキシメチル基(-CH-OH)、クロロメチル基(-CH-Cl)、フッ素原子(-F)、メチレン基(Lと環を形成)、エチレン基(Lと環を形成)が特に好ましい。 R 51 and R 53 in Formula (V) are more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group (—CF 3 ), a hydroxymethyl group (—CH 3 ). 2- OH), a chloromethyl group (—CH 2 —Cl), and a fluorine atom (—F) are particularly preferred. R 52 is more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom or an alkylene group (forming a ring with L 5 ), a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a trifluoromethyl group (—CF 3 ), a hydroxymethyl group Particularly preferred are (—CH 2 —OH), chloromethyl group (—CH 2 —Cl), fluorine atom (—F), methylene group (forms a ring with L 5 ), and ethylene group (forms a ring with L 5 ). .
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、2価の芳香環基、-COO-L-、-O-L-、これらの2つ以上を組み合わせて形成される基等が挙げられる。ここで、Lはアルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、2価の芳香環基、アルキレン基と2価の芳香環基を組み合わせた基を表す。
 Lは、単結合、-COO-L-で表される基又は2価の芳香環基が好ましい。Lは炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、メチレン、プロピレン基がより好ましい。2価の芳香環基としては、1,4-フェニレン基、1,3-フェニレン基、1,2-フェニレン基、1,4-ナフチレン基が好ましく、1,4-フェニレン基がより好ましい。
 LがR52と結合して環を形成する場合における、Lで表される3価の連結基としては、Lで表される2価の連結基の上記した具体例から1個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 R54~R56のアルキル基としては炭素数1~20のものが好ましく、より好ましくは炭素数1~10のものであり、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基などの炭素数1~4のものが特に好ましい。
 R55及びR56で表されるシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数3~20のものが好ましく、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の単環性のものであってもよいし、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、等の多環性のものであってもよい。
Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 5, an alkylene group, a divalent aromatic ring group, -COO-L 1 -, - O-L 1 -, a group formed by combining two or more of these Etc. Here, L 1 represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, a divalent aromatic ring group, or a group in which an alkylene group and a divalent aromatic ring group are combined.
L 5 is preferably a single bond, a group represented by —COO—L 1 —, or a divalent aromatic ring group. L 1 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a methylene or propylene group. As the divalent aromatic ring group, a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,2-phenylene group, and a 1,4-naphthylene group are preferable, and a 1,4-phenylene group is more preferable.
In the case of which L 5 to form a ring with R 52, examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 5, a specific example described above divalent linking group represented by L 5 1 single Preferable examples include groups formed by removing any hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group of R 54 to R 56 is preferably one having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably one having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and an n-butyl group. Particularly preferred are those having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a group, isobutyl group and t-butyl group.
The cycloalkyl group represented by R 55 and R 56 is preferably one having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be monocyclic such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, adamantyl group, Polycyclic ones such as a tetracyclodecanyl group and a tetracyclododecanyl group may be used.
 また、R55及びR56が互いに結合して形成される環としては、炭素数3~20のものが好ましく、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等の単環性のものであってもよいし、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、等の多環性のものであってもよい。R55及びR56が互いに結合して環を形成する場合、R54は炭素数1~3のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基がより好ましい。
 R55及びR56で表されるアリール基としては、炭素数6~20のものが好ましく、単環でも多環でもよく、置換基を有してもよい。例えば、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基、4-メチルフェニル基、4―メトキシフェニル基等が挙げられる。R55及びR56のどちらか一方が水素原子の場合、他方はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 R55及びR56で表されるアラルキル基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、置換基を有してもよい。好ましくは炭素数7~21であり、ベンジル基、1-ナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。
The ring formed by combining R 55 and R 56 with each other preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be monocyclic such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group. A polycyclic group such as an adamantyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. When R 55 and R 56 are bonded to each other to form a ring, R 54 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group.
The aryl group represented by R 55 and R 56 preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and may be monocyclic or polycyclic and may have a substituent. For example, a phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, 4-methylphenyl group, 4-methoxyphenyl group and the like can be mentioned. When one of R 55 and R 56 is a hydrogen atom, the other is preferably an aryl group.
The aralkyl group represented by R 55 and R 56 may be monocyclic or polycyclic and may have a substituent. Preferably, it has 7 to 21 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group and a 1-naphthylmethyl group.
 一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーの合成方法としては、一般的な重合性基含有エステルの合成法を適用することが可能であり、特に限定されることはない。
 以下に、一般式(V)で表される繰り返し単位(a)の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、Rx、Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。Rxa、Rxbは、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数6~18のアリール基、又は、炭素数7~19のアラルキル基を表す。Zは、置換基を表す。pは0又は正の整数を表し、好ましくは0~2であり、より好ましくは0又は1である。Zが複数存在する場合、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよい。Zとしては、酸分解前後での有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、「有機系現像液」ともいう。)に対する溶解コントラストを増大させる観点から、水素原子及び炭素原子のみからなる基が好適に挙げられ、例えば、直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
As a method for synthesizing a monomer corresponding to the repeating unit represented by the general formula (V), a general method for synthesizing a polymerizable group-containing ester can be applied and is not particularly limited.
Specific examples of the repeating unit (a) represented by the general formula (V) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In specific examples, Rx and Xa 1 represent a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH. Rxa and Rxb each independently represent an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, or an aralkyl group having 7 to 19 carbon atoms. Z represents a substituent. p represents 0 or a positive integer, preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably 0 or 1. When a plurality of Z are present, they may be the same as or different from each other. Z is preferably a group consisting of only hydrogen atoms and carbon atoms from the viewpoint of increasing the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent before and after acid decomposition (hereinafter also referred to as “organic developer”). For example, a linear or branched alkyl group or cycloalkyl group is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 また、樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a)として、下記一般式(VI)で表される繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (VI) as the repeating unit (a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(VI)中、
 R61、R62及びR63は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。但し、R62はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR62は単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表す。R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又はアルキレン基を表す。
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R62と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
 Yは、n=1の場合には、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。n≧2の場合には各々独立に、水素原子又は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。但し、Yの少なくとも1つは、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。
In general formula (VI),
R 61 , R 62 and R 63 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. However, R 62 may be bonded to Ar 6 to form a ring, and R 62 in this case represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
X 6 represents a single bond, —COO—, or —CONR 64 —. R 64 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
L 6 represents a single bond or an alkylene group.
Ar 6 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group when bonded to R 62 to form a ring.
Y 2 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid when n = 1. In the case of n ≧ 2, each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. However, at least one of Y 2 represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 一般式(VI)について更に詳細に説明する。
 一般式(VI)におけるR61~R63のアルキル基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基など炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、より好ましくは炭素数8以下のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 アルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R61~R63におけるアルキル基と同様のアルキル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、単環型でも多環型でもよく、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいシクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基のような炭素数3~10個の単環型のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、及び臭素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子がより好ましい。
General formula (VI) will be described in more detail.
The alkyl group of R 61 to R 63 in the general formula (VI) is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, which may have a substituent, An alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as a hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group or dodecyl group is exemplified, and an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferred.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same alkyl group as the alkyl group in R 61 to R 63 described above.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and is preferably a monocyclic type having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, cyclopentyl group or cyclohexyl group which may have a substituent. A cycloalkyl group is mentioned.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
 R62がアルキレン基を表す場合、アルキレン基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8個のアルキレン基が挙げられる。
 Xにより表わされる-CONR64-(R64は、水素原子、アルキル基を表す)におけるR64のアルキル基としては、R61~R63のアルキル基と同様のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Xとしては、単結合、-COO-、-CONH-が好ましく、単結合、-COO-がより好ましい。
 Lにおけるアルキレン基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8個のアルキレン基が挙げられる。
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表す。nが1である場合における2価の芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基などの炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、あるいは、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基を好ましい例として挙げることができる。R62とArとが結合して形成する環は、5又は6員環であることが特に好ましい。
When R 62 represents an alkylene group, the alkylene group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an optionally substituted methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, octylene group, etc. Of the alkylene group.
-CONR 64 represented by X 6 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group) The alkyl group for R 64 in include the same alkyl group and the alkyl group of R 61 ~ R 63.
X 6 is preferably a single bond, —COO— or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.
The alkylene group for L 6 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as an optionally substituted methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group or octylene group. .
Ar 6 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group. The divalent aromatic ring group when n is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, or a naphthylene group, or, for example, Preferred examples include divalent aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, and thiazole. The ring formed by combining R 62 and Ar 6 is particularly preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 nが2以上の整数である場合における(n+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 (n+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
Specific examples of the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group. The group formed can be preferably mentioned.
The (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
 上述したアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキレン基及び(n+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、上述した一般式(V)におけるR51~R53により表わされる各基が有し得る置換基と同様の具体例が挙げられる。
 nは1又は2であることが好ましく、1であることがより好ましい。
 n個のYは、各々独立に、水素原子又は酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。但し、n個中の少なくとも1つは、酸の作用により脱離する基を表す。
 酸の作用により脱離する基Yとしては、例えば、-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-C(R01)(R02)(OR39)、-C(R01)(R02)-C(=O)-O-C(R36)(R37)(R38)、-CH(R36)(Ar)等を挙げることができる。
 式中、R36~R39は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキレン基とアリール基を組み合わせた基又はアルケニル基を表す。R36とR37とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R01及びR02は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基、又はアルケニル基を表す。
Examples of the substituent that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, alkylene group, and (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may have are represented by R 51 to R 53 in the general formula (V). Specific examples similar to the substituents that the group may have are exemplified.
n is preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
n Y 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid. However, at least one of n represents a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid.
Examples of the group Y 2 leaving by the action of an acid include —C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (═O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) (OR 39 ), —C (R 01 ) (R 02 ) —C (═O) —O—C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (R 38 ) , —CH (R 36 ) (Ar) and the like.
In the formula, each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group. R 36 and R 37 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 01 and R 02 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined, or an alkenyl group.
 Arは、アリール基を表す。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキル基は、直鎖状であっても分岐状であってもよく、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、へキシル基、オクチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のシクロアルキル基は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基、シクロオクチル基等を挙げることができる。多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボロニル基、カンファニル基、ジシクロペンチル基、α-ピネル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、アンドロスタニル基等を挙げることができる。なお、シクロアルキル基中の炭素原子の一部が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
Ar represents an aryl group.
The alkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be linear or branched and is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, A propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and the like can be mentioned.
The cycloalkyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. The polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. For example, an adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, camphanyl group, dicyclopentyl group, α-pinel group, tricyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecyl group. Group, androstanyl group and the like. A part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
 R36~R39、R01、R02及びArのアリール基は、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等のアリール基、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基としては、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
 R36~R39、R01及びR02のアルケニル基は、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基が好ましく、例えば、ビニル基、アリル基、ブテニル基、シクロへキセニル基等を挙げることができる。
The aryl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 and Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as an aryl group such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and an anthryl group, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, Mention may be made of divalent aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole and the like.
The group in which the alkylene group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 and the aryl group are combined is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group. be able to.
The alkenyl group of R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, and a cyclohexenyl group.
 R36とR37とが、互いに結合して形成する環は、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。単環型としては、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル構造が好ましく、例えば、シクロプロパン構造、シクロブタン構造、シクロペンタン構造、シクロへキサン構造、シクロヘプタン構造、シクロオクタン構造等を挙げることができる。多環型としては、炭素数6~20のシクロアルキル構造が好ましく、例えば、アダマンタン構造、ノルボルナン構造、ジシクロペンタン構造、トリシクロデカン構造、テトラシクロドデカン構造等を挙げることができる。尚、シクロアルキル構造中の炭素原子の一部が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子によって置換されていてもよい。
 R36~R39、R01、R02、及びArとしての上記各基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等を挙げることができ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基Yとしては、下記一般式(VI-A)で表される構造がより好ましい。
The ring formed by combining R 36 and R 37 with each other may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl structure having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a cyclopropane structure, a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, and a cyclooctane structure. The polycyclic type is preferably a cycloalkyl structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, and a tetracyclododecane structure. A part of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl structure may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
Each of the groups as R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , and Ar may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and an amino group. Amide group, ureido group, urethane group, hydroxyl group, carboxyl group, halogen atom, alkoxy group, thioether group, acyl group, acyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, cyano group, nitro group, etc. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 8 or less.
As the group Y 2 leaving by the action of an acid, a structure represented by the following general formula (VI-A) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 ここで、L及びLは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、アルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基又はアルデヒド基を表す。
 Q、M、Lの少なくとも2つが結合して環(好ましくは、5員若しくは6員環)を形成してもよい。
 L及びLとしてのアルキル基は、例えば炭素数1~8個のアルキル基であって、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基を好ましく挙げることができる。
 L及びLとしてのシクロアルキル基は、例えば炭素数3~15個のシクロアルキル基であって、具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基等を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined.
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group which may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group which may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group or an aldehyde group.
At least two of Q, M, and L 1 may combine to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).
The alkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group. Preferred examples include a group and an octyl group.
The cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like. Can do.
 L及びLとしてのアリール基は、例えば炭素数6~15個のアリール基であって、具体的には、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基等を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 L及びLとしてのアルキレン基とアリール基を組み合わせた基は、例えば、炭素数6~20であって、ベンジル基、フェネチル基などのアラルキル基が挙げられる。
 Mとしての2価の連結基は、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基など)、シクロアルキレン基(例えば、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基など)、アルケニレン基(例えば、エテニレン基、プロペニレン基、ブテニレン基など)、2価の芳香環基(例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基など)、-S-、-O-、-CO-、-SO-、-N(R)-、およびこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基である。Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基(例えば炭素数1~8個のアルキル基であって、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基など)である。
The aryl group as L 1 and L 2 is, for example, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like. .
The group combining the alkylene group and the aryl group as L 1 and L 2 has, for example, 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include aralkyl groups such as benzyl group and phenethyl group.
The divalent linking group as M is, for example, an alkylene group (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, butylene group, hexylene group, octylene group, etc.), cycloalkylene group (for example, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group). Group, adamantylene group, etc.), alkenylene group (eg, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.), divalent aromatic ring group (eg, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.), —S—, —O A divalent linking group in which —, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —N (R 0 ) —, and a combination thereof are combined. R 0 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (eg, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, specifically, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group). Octyl group, etc.).
 Qとしてのアルキル基は、上述のL及びLとしての各基と同様である。
 Qとしてのヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基及びヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基に於ける、ヘテロ原子を含まない肪族炭化水素環基及びへテロ原子を含まないアリール基としては、上述のL及びLとしてのシクロアルキル基、及びアリール基などが挙げられ、好ましくは、炭素数3~15である。
 ヘテロ原子を含むシクロアルキル基及びヘテロ原子を含むアリール基としては、例えば、チイラン、シクロチオラン、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール、ピロリドン等のヘテロ環構造を有する基が挙げられるが、一般にヘテロ環と呼ばれる構造(炭素とヘテロ原子で形成される環、あるいはヘテロ原子にて形成される環)であれば、これらに限定されない。
The alkyl group as Q are the same as each group of L 1 and L 2.
In the cycloalkyl group which may contain a hetero atom as Q and the aryl group which may contain a hetero atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group containing no hetero atom and an aryl group containing no hetero atom Includes the cycloalkyl group as L 1 and L 2 described above, an aryl group, and the like, and preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group containing a hetero atom and the aryl group containing a hetero atom include, for example, thiirane, cyclothiolane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, Examples thereof include groups having a heterocyclic structure such as pyrrolidone, but are not limited thereto as long as the structure is generally called a heterocyclic ring (a ring formed of carbon and a heteroatom or a ring formed of a heteroatom).
 Q、M、Lの少なくとも2つが結合して形成してもよい環としては、Q、M、Lの少なくとも2つが結合して、例えば、プロピレン基、ブチレン基を形成して、酸素原子を含有する5員又は6員環を形成する場合が挙げられる。
 一般式(VI-A)におけるL、L、M、Qで表される各基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、前述のR36~R39、R01、R02、及びArが有してもよい置換基として説明した置換基が挙げられ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。
 -M-Qで表される基として、炭素数1~30個で構成される基が好ましく、炭素数5~20個で構成される基がより好ましい。
Q, M, as a ring which may be formed by combining at least two L 1, Q, M, by combining at least two L 1, for example, a propylene group, to form a butylene group, an oxygen atom The case where a 5-membered or 6-membered ring containing is formed is mentioned.
Each group represented by L 1 , L 2 , M, Q in the general formula (VI-A) may have a substituent. For example, R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 described above And the substituents described as the substituent that Ar may have, and the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
The group represented by —MQ is preferably a group composed of 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably a group composed of 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
 上記一般式(VI)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(3)において、
 Arは、芳香環基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基又はヘテロ環基を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。
 Q、M及びRの少なくとも二つが結合して環を形成してもよい。
In general formula (3),
Ar 3 represents an aromatic ring group.
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, or a heterocyclic group.
M 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q 3 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.
At least two of Q 3 , M 3 and R 3 may be bonded to form a ring.
 Arが表す芳香環基は、上記一般式(VI)におけるnが1である場合の、上記一般式(VI)におけるArと同様であり、より好ましくはフェニレン基、ナフチレン基。更に好ましくはフェニレン基である。
 Arは置換基を有していてもよく、有し得る置換基としては、上述の一般式(VI)におけるArが有し得る置換基と同様の置換基が挙げられる。
The aromatic ring group represented by Ar 3 is the same as Ar 6 in the general formula (VI) when n in the general formula (VI) is 1, more preferably a phenylene group or a naphthylene group. More preferred is a phenylene group.
Ar 3 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that Ar 3 may have include the same substituents as the substituent that Ar 6 in General Formula (VI) may have.
 Rが表すアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、前述のR36~R39、R01及びR02が表すアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基と同義である。
 Rが表すアリール基は、前述のR36~R39、R01及びR02が表すアリール基と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Rが表すアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。
 Rが表すアルコキシ基のアルキル基部分としては、前述のR36~R39、R01及びR02が表すアルキル基と同様であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Rが表すアシル基としては、ホルミル基、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブチリル基、イソブチリル基、バレリル基、ピバロイル基、ベンゾイル基、ナフトイル基などの炭素数1~10の脂肪族アシル基が挙げられ、アセチル基又はベンゾイル基であることが好ましい。
 Rが表すヘテロ環基としては、前述のヘテロ原子を含むシクロアルキル基及びヘテロ原子を含むアリール基が挙げられ、ピリジン環基又はピラン環基であることが好ましい。
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 has the same meaning as the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group represented by the aforementioned R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 .
The aryl group represented by R 3 has the same meaning as the aryl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
The aralkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, and a naphthylmethyl group.
The alkyl group portion of the alkoxy group represented by R 3 is the same as the alkyl group represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 described above, and the preferred range is also the same.
Examples of the acyl group represented by R 3 include an aliphatic acyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms such as formyl group, acetyl group, propionyl group, butyryl group, isobutyryl group, valeryl group, pivaloyl group, benzoyl group and naphthoyl group. , An acetyl group or a benzoyl group is preferred.
Examples of the heterocyclic group represented by R 3 include the aforementioned cycloalkyl groups containing a hetero atom and aryl groups containing a hetero atom, and a pyridine ring group or a pyran ring group is preferable.
 Rは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基又はヘテロ環基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~8個の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基(具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基)、炭素数3~15個のシクロアルキル基(具体的には、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基等)である事がより好ましい。Rは、メチル基、エチル基、i-プロピル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、アダマンチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基又はアダマンタンメチル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基、sec-ブチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基又はアダマンタンメチル基である事が特に好ましい。 R 3 is preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group or a heterocyclic group, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (specifically, Is a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, neopentyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group), 3 to More preferably, it is 15 cycloalkyl groups (specifically, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, norbornyl group, adamantyl group, etc.). R 3 is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an i-propyl group, a sec-butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, an adamantyl group, a cyclohexylmethyl group or an adamantanemethyl group, , Sec-butyl group, neopentyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group or adamantanemethyl group is particularly preferable.
 上述したアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基又はヘテロ環基は、置換基をさらに有していてもよく、有し得る置換基としては、前述のR36~R39、R01、R02、及びArが有してもよい置換基として説明した置換基が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkoxy group, acyl group or heterocyclic group described above may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may be included include the aforementioned R 36- Examples of the substituent that R 39 , R 01 , R 02 , and Ar may have include the substituents described above.
 Mが表す2価の連結基は、前述の一般式(VI-A)で表される構造におけるMと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。Mは置換基を有していてもよく、Mが有し得る置換基としては、上述の一般式(VI-A)で表される構造におけるMが有し得る置換基と同様の基が挙げられる。 The divalent linking group represented by M 3 has the same meaning as M in the structure represented by the above general formula (VI-A), and the preferred range is also the same. M 3 may have a substituent, and the substituent that M 3 may have is the same group as the substituent that M in the structure represented by the general formula (VI-A) can have Is mentioned.
 Qが表すアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、前述の一般式(VI-A)で表される構造におけるQにおけるものと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Qが表すヘテロ環基としては、前述の一般式(VI-A)で表される構造におけるQとしてのヘテロ原子を含むシクロアルキル基及びヘテロ原子を含むアリール基が挙げられ、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Qは置換基を有していてもよく、Qが有し得る置換基としては、上述の一般式(VI-A)で表される基におけるQが有し得る置換基と同様の基が挙げられる。
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group represented by Q 3 have the same meanings as those in Q in the structure represented by the above general formula (VI-A), and preferred ranges thereof are also the same.
Examples of the heterocyclic group represented by Q 3 include a cycloalkyl group containing a hetero atom as Q and an aryl group containing a hetero atom in the structure represented by the aforementioned general formula (VI-A). It is the same.
Q 3 may have a substituent, and the substituent that Q 3 may have is the same group as the substituent that Q in the group represented by the general formula (VI-A) may have Is mentioned.
 Q、M及びRの少なくとも二つが結合して形成する環は、前述の一般式(VI-A)におけるQ、M、Lの少なくとも2つが結合して形成してもよい環と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。 A ring formed by combining at least two of Q 3 , M 3 and R 3 is a ring which may be formed by combining at least two of Q, M and L 1 in the general formula (VI-A). It is synonymous and the preferable range is also the same.
 以下に繰り返し単位(a)の好ましい具体例として、一般式(VI)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。  Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (VI) are shown below as preferred specific examples of the repeating unit (a), but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位を含むことも好ましい。 Resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 一般式(4)中、
 R41、R42及びR43は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R42はLと結合して環を形成していてもよく、R42とLとが結合する場合、R42はアルキレン基を表す。
 Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、R42と環を形成する場合には3価の連結基を表す。
 R44およびR45は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基又はヘテロ環基を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロ環基を表す。
 Q、M及びR44の少なくとも二つが結合して環を形成してもよい。
 R41、R42及びR43は、前述の一般式(V)中のR51、R52、R53と同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Lは、前述の一般式(V)中のLと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 R44およびR45は、前述の一般式(3)中のRと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Mは、前述の一般式(3)中のMと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 Qは、前述の一般式(3)中のQと同義であり、また好ましい範囲も同様である。Q、M及びR44の少なくとも二つが結合して形成される環としては、Q、M及びRの少なくとも二つが結合して形成される環があげられ、また好ましい範囲も同様である。
 以下に一般式(4)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
In general formula (4),
R 41 , R 42 and R 43 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 42 may be bonded to L 4 to form a ring, and when R 42 and L 4 are bonded, R 42 represents an alkylene group.
L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and in the case of forming a ring with R 42 , represents a trivalent linking group.
R 44 and R 45 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, or a heterocyclic group.
M 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q 4 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group.
At least two of Q 4 , M 4 and R 44 may be bonded to form a ring.
R 41 , R 42 and R 43 have the same meanings as R 51 , R 52 and R 53 in the general formula (V), and preferred ranges are also the same.
L 4 has the same meaning as L 5 in the general formula (V), and the preferred range is also the same.
R 44 and R 45 have the same meaning as R 3 in the general formula (3), and the preferred range is also the same.
M 4 has the same meaning as M 3 in the general formula (3), and the preferred range is also the same.
Q 4 has the same meaning as Q 3 in the general formula (3), and the preferred range is also the same. Examples of the ring formed by combining at least two of Q 4 , M 4 and R 44 include rings formed by combining at least two of Q 3 , M 3 and R 3 , and the preferred range is the same. It is.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (4) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 また、樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a)として、下記一般式(BZ)で表される繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 Further, the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (BZ) as the repeating unit (a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 一般式(BZ)中、ARは、アリール基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。RnとARとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルキルオキシカルボニル基を表す。
In general formula (BZ), AR represents an aryl group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and AR may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkyloxycarbonyl group.
 ARのアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントリル基、又は、フルオレン基等の炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基がより好ましい。
 ARがナフチル基、アントリル基又はフルオレン基である場合、Rnが結合している炭素原子とARとの結合位置には、特に制限はない。例えば、ARがナフチル基である場合、この炭素原子は、ナフチル基のα位に結合していてもよく、β位に結合していてもよい。或いは、ARがアントリル基である場合、この炭素原子は、アントリル基の1位に結合していてもよく、2位に結合していてもよく、9位に結合していてもよい。
 ARとしてのアリール基は、それぞれ、1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。このような置換基の具体例としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基及びドデシル基等の炭素数が1~20の直鎖又は分岐鎖アルキル基、これらアルキル基部分を含んだアルコキシ基、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等のシクロアルキル基、これらシクロアルキル基部分を含んだシクロアルコキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、アリール基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アシルアミノ基、スルホニルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アラルキルチオ基、チオフェンカルボニルオキシ基、チオフェンメチルカルボニルオキシ基、及びピロリドン残基等のヘテロ環残基が挙げられる。この置換基としては、炭素数1~5の直鎖若しくは分岐鎖アルキル基、これらアルキル基部分を含んだアルコキシ基が好ましく、パラメチル基又はパラメトキシ基がより好ましい。
The aryl group for AR is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, or a fluorene group, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
When AR is a naphthyl group, anthryl group, or fluorene group, the bonding position between the carbon atom to which Rn is bonded and AR is not particularly limited. For example, when AR is a naphthyl group, this carbon atom may be bonded to the α-position of the naphthyl group or may be bonded to the β-position. Alternatively, when AR is an anthryl group, this carbon atom may be bonded to the 1-position, the 2-position, or the 9-position of the anthryl group.
Each of the aryl groups as AR may have one or more substituents. Specific examples of such substituents include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group. A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group containing these alkyl group parts, a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, a cycloalkoxy group containing these cycloalkyl group parts, a hydroxyl group , Halogen atom, aryl group, cyano group, nitro group, acyl group, acyloxy group, acylamino group, sulfonylamino group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, aralkylthio group, thiophenecarbonyloxy group, thiophenemethylcarbonyloxy group, and pyrrolidone residue And heterocyclic residues such as groups. As this substituent, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group containing the alkyl group moiety are preferable, and a paramethyl group or a paramethoxy group is more preferable.
 ARとしてのアリール基が、複数の置換基を有する場合、複数の置換基のうちの少なくとも2つが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。環は、5~8員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。また、この環は、環員に酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子を含むヘテロ環であってもよい。
 更に、この環は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、Rnが有していてもよい更なる置換基について後述するものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 また、一般式(BZ)により表される繰り返し単位(a)は、ラフネス性能の観点から、2個以上の芳香環を含有することが好ましい。この繰り返し単位が有する芳香環の個数は、通常、5個以下であることが好ましく、3個以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、一般式(BZ)により表される繰り返し単位(a)において、ラフネス性能の観点から、ARは2個以上の芳香環を含有することがより好ましく、ARがナフチル基又はビフェニル基であることが更に好ましい。ARが有する芳香環の個数は、通常、5個以下であることが好ましく、3個以下であることがより好ましい。
When the aryl group as AR has a plurality of substituents, at least two of the plurality of substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring. Moreover, this ring may be a heterocycle containing a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
Furthermore, this ring may have a substituent. As this substituent, the thing similar to what is mentioned later about the further substituent which Rn may have is mentioned.
Moreover, it is preferable that the repeating unit (a) represented by general formula (BZ) contains two or more aromatic rings from a viewpoint of roughness performance. The number of aromatic rings contained in this repeating unit is usually preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
In the repeating unit (a) represented by the general formula (BZ), from the viewpoint of roughness performance, AR preferably contains two or more aromatic rings, and AR is a naphthyl group or a biphenyl group. Is more preferable. The number of aromatic rings possessed by AR is usually preferably 5 or less, and more preferably 3 or less.
 Rnは、上述したように、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 Rnのアルキル基は、直鎖アルキル基であってもよく、分岐鎖アルキル基であってもよい。このアルキル基としては、好ましくは、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、オクチル基及びドデシル基等の炭素数が1~20のアルキル基が挙げられる。Rnのアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~3のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rnのシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の炭素数が3~15のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Rnのアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、キシリル基、トルイル基、クメニル基、ナフチル基及びアントリル基等の炭素数が6~14のアリール基が好ましい。
As described above, Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group of Rn may be a straight chain alkyl group or a branched chain alkyl group. The alkyl group is preferably a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, etc. Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by Rn is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by Rn include cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 15 carbon atoms such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
As the aryl group of Rn, for example, aryl groups having 6 to 14 carbon atoms such as phenyl group, xylyl group, toluyl group, cumenyl group, naphthyl group and anthryl group are preferable.
 Rnとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基の各々は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、アルコキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アシルアミノ基、スルホニルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アラルキルチオ基、チオフェンカルボニルオキシ基、チオフェンメチルカルボニルオキシ基、及びピロリドン残基等のヘテロ環残基が挙げられる。中でも、アルコキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アシルアミノ基及びスルホニルアミノ基が特に好ましい。
 Rは、上述したように、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルキルオキシカルボニル基を表す。
 Rのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、先にRnについて説明したのと同様のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。これらアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の各々は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、先にRnについて説明したのと同様の置換基が挙げられる。
Each of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group as Rn may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, a sulfonylamino group, a dialkylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an aralkylthio group, and a thiophenecarbonyloxy group. , Thiophenemethylcarbonyloxy group, and heterocyclic residues such as pyrrolidone residues. Among these, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, and a sulfonylamino group are particularly preferable.
R 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an alkyloxycarbonyl group as described above.
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 1 include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as described above for Rn. Each of these alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those described above for Rn.
 Rが置換基を有するアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基である場合、特に好ましいRとしては、例えば、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルオキシカルボニルメチル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、及びアルコキシメチル基が挙げられる。
 Rのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、及び臭素原子が挙げられる。中でも、フッ素原子が特に好ましい。
 Rのアルキルオキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基部分としては、例えば、先にRのアルキル基として挙げた構成を採用することができる。
 RnとARとが互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成することが好ましく、これにより、特に、ラフネス性能をより向上させることができる。
When R 1 is an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having a substituent, particularly preferable R 1 includes, for example, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkyloxycarbonylmethyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and an alkoxymethyl group. Groups.
Examples of the halogen atom for R 1 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom. Among these, a fluorine atom is particularly preferable.
The alkyl group moiety contained in the alkyloxycarbonyl group of R 1, for example, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which previously mentioned as the alkyl group of R 1.
Rn and AR are preferably bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring, and in particular, roughness performance can be further improved.
 RnとARとは互いに結合して形成してもよい非芳香族環としては、5~8員環であることが好ましく、5又は6員環であることがより好ましい。
 非芳香族環は、脂肪族環であっても、環員として酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子を含むヘテロ環であってもよい。
 非芳香族環は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、Rnが有していてもよい更なる置換基について先に説明したのと同様のものが挙げられる。
The non-aromatic ring that may be formed by bonding Rn and AR to each other is preferably a 5- to 8-membered ring, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
The non-aromatic ring may be an aliphatic ring or a heterocycle containing a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom as a ring member.
The non-aromatic ring may have a substituent. As this substituent, the thing similar to having demonstrated previously about the further substituent which Rn may have is mentioned, for example.
 以下に、一般式(BZ)により表される繰り返し単位(a)の具体例を示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit (a) represented by the general formula (BZ) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 また、上記で例示された繰り返し単位とは異なる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の態様として、アルコール性水酸基を生じる繰り返し単位の態様であってもよい。この場合、下記一般式(I-1)~(I-10)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることが好ましい。この繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(I-1)~(I-3)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることがより好ましく、下記一般式(I-1)により表されることが更に好ましい。 Further, the embodiment of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group different from the repeating unit exemplified above may be an embodiment of a repeating unit that produces an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In this case, it is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-10). This repeating unit is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1) to (I-3), and is represented by the following general formula (I-1) More preferably.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 式中、
 Raは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Raにより表される基を表す。ここで、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。
 Rは、(n+1)価の有機基を表す。
 Rは、m≧2の場合は各々独立に、単結合又は(n+1)価の有機基を表す。
 OPは、各々独立に、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基(酸分解性基)を表す。n≧2及び/又はm≧2の場合、2以上のOPが互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 Wは、メチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。
 n及びmは、1以上の整数を表す。なお、一般式(I-2)、(I-3)又は(I-8)においてRが単結合を表す場合、nは1である。
 lは、0以上の整数を表す。
 Lは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-O-、-Ar-、-SO-又は-SONH-により表される連結基を表す。ここで、Arは、2価の芳香環基を表す。
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Lは、(m+2)価の連結基を表す。
 Rは、m≧2の場合は各々独立に、(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 Rは、p≧2の場合は各々独立に、置換基を表す。p≧2の場合、複数のRは、互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
 pは、0~3の整数を表す。
Where
Each Ra independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 . Here, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group.
R 1 represents a (n + 1) -valent organic group.
R 2 independently represents a single bond or an (n + 1) -valent organic group when m ≧ 2.
OP each independently represents a group (acid-decomposable group) that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group. When n ≧ 2 and / or m ≧ 2, two or more OPs may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
n and m represent an integer of 1 or more. In the general formula (I-2), (I-3) or (I-8), n is 1 when R 2 represents a single bond.
l represents an integer of 0 or more.
L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—. Here, Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group.
Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group.
R L each independently represents an (n + 1) -valent linking group when m ≧ 2.
R S each independently represents a substituent when p ≧ 2. For p ≧ 2, plural structured R S may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
p represents an integer of 0 to 3.
 Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Raにより表される基を表す。Raは、水素原子又は炭素数が1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることがより好ましい。
 Wは、メチレン基、酸素原子又は硫黄原子を表す。Wは、メチレン基又は酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 Rは、(n+1)価の有機基を表す。Rは、好ましくは、非芳香族性の炭化水素基である。この場合、Rは、鎖状炭化水素基であってもよく、脂環状炭化水素基であってもよい。Rは、より好ましくは、脂環状炭化水素基である。
 Rは、単結合又は(n+1)価の有機基を表す。Rは、好ましくは、単結合又は非芳香族性の炭化水素基である。この場合、Rは、鎖状炭化水素基であってもよく、脂環状炭化水素基であってもよい。
 R及び/又はRが鎖状炭化水素基である場合、この鎖状炭化水素基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。また、この鎖状炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~8であることが好ましい。例えば、R及び/又はRがアルキレン基である場合、R及び/又はRは、メチレン基、エチレン基、n-プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、n-ブチレン基、イソブチレン基又はsec-ブチレン基であることが好ましい。
 R及び/又はRが脂環状炭化水素基である場合、この脂環状炭化水素基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。この脂環状炭化水素基は、例えば、モノシクロ、ビシクロ、トリシクロ又はテトラシクロ構造を備えている。この脂環状炭化水素基の炭素数は、通常は5以上であり、6~30であることが好ましく、7~25であることがより好ましい。
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a group represented by —CH 2 —O—Ra 2 . Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
W represents a methylene group, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. W is preferably a methylene group or an oxygen atom.
R 1 represents a (n + 1) -valent organic group. R 1 is preferably a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, R 1 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group. R 1 is more preferably an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
R 2 represents a single bond or an (n + 1) valent organic group. R 2 is preferably a single bond or a non-aromatic hydrocarbon group. In this case, R 2 may be a chain hydrocarbon group or an alicyclic hydrocarbon group.
When R 1 and / or R 2 is a chain hydrocarbon group, the chain hydrocarbon group may be linear or branched. In addition, the chain hydrocarbon group preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. For example, when R 1 and / or R 2 is an alkylene group, R 1 and / or R 2 is a methylene group, ethylene group, n-propylene group, isopropylene group, n-butylene group, isobutylene group or sec- A butylene group is preferred.
When R 1 and / or R 2 is an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, the alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. This alicyclic hydrocarbon group has, for example, a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo or tetracyclo structure. The carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is usually 5 or more, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 7 to 25.
 この脂環状炭化水素基としては、例えば、以下に列挙する部分構造を備えたものが挙げられる。これら部分構造の各々は、置換基を有していてもよい。また、これら部分構造の各々において、メチレン基(-CH-)は、酸素原子(-O-)、硫黄原子(-S-)、カルボニル基〔-C(=O)-〕、スルホニル基〔-S(=O)-〕、スルフィニル基〔-S(=O)-〕、又はイミノ基〔-N(R)-〕(Rは水素原子若しくはアルキル基)によって置換されていてもよい。 Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include those having the partial structures listed below. Each of these partial structures may have a substituent. In each of these partial structures, the methylene group (—CH 2 —) includes an oxygen atom (—O—), a sulfur atom (—S—), a carbonyl group [—C (═O) —], a sulfonyl group [— —S (═O) 2 —], sulfinyl group [—S (═O) —], or imino group [—N (R) —] (where R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group) may be substituted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 例えば、R及び/又はRがシクロアルキレン基である場合、R及び/又はRは、アダマンチレン基、ノルアダマンチレン基、デカヒドロナフチレン基、トリシクロデカニレン基、テトラシクロドデカニレン基、ノルボルニレン基、シクロペンチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロヘプチレン基、シクロオクチレン基、シクロデカニレン基、又はシクロドデカニレン基であることが好ましく、アダマンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、シクロペンチレン基、テトラシクロドデカニレン基又はトリシクロデカニレン基であることがより好ましい。
 R及び/又はRの非芳香族性の炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、及び炭素数2~6のアルコキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。上記のアルキル基、アルコキシ基及びアルコキシカルボニル基は、置換基を更に有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、及びアルコキシ基が挙げられる。
 Lは、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-O-、-Ar-、-SO-又は-SONH-により表される連結基を表す。ここで、Arは、2価の芳香環基を表す。Lは、好ましくは-COO-、-CONH-又は-Ar-により表される連結基であり、より好ましくは-COO-又は-CONH-により表される連結基である。
 Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。アルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。このアルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは1~6であり、より好ましくは1~3である。Rは、好ましくは水素原子又はメチル基であり、より好ましくは水素原子である。
For example, when R 1 and / or R 2 is a cycloalkylene group, R 1 and / or R 2 may be an adamantylene group, a noradamantylene group, a decahydronaphthylene group, a tricyclodecanylene group, a tetracyclododeca group. Nylene group, norbornylene group, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group, cycloheptylene group, cyclooctylene group, cyclodecanylene group, or cyclododecanylene group are preferable, and adamantylene group, norbornylene group, cyclohexylene group, cyclopentylene It is more preferable that they are a len group, a tetracyclododecanylene group, or a tricyclodecanylene group.
The non-aromatic hydrocarbon group of R 1 and / or R 2 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a carboxy group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The above alkyl group, alkoxy group and alkoxycarbonyl group may further have a substituent. As this substituent, a hydroxy group, a halogen atom, and an alkoxy group are mentioned, for example.
L 1 represents a linking group represented by —COO—, —OCO—, —CONH—, —O—, —Ar—, —SO 3 — or —SO 2 NH—. Here, Ar represents a divalent aromatic ring group. L 1 is preferably a linking group represented by —COO—, —CONH— or —Ar—, and more preferably a linking group represented by —COO— or —CONH—.
R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. R is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
 Rは、水素原子又は有機基を表す。有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキニル基、及びアルケニル基が挙げられる。Rは、好ましくは、水素原子又はアルキル基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子又はメチル基である。
 Lは、(m+2)価の連結基を表す。即ち、Lは、3価以上の連結基を表す。このような連結基としては、例えば、後掲の具体例における対応した基が挙げられる。
 Rは、(n+1)価の連結基を表す。即ち、Rは、2価以上の連結基を表す。このような連結基としては、例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基及び後掲の具体例における対応した基が挙げられる。Rは、互いに結合して又は下記Rと結合して、環構造を形成していてもよい。
 Rは、置換基を表す。この置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、及びハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 nは、1以上の整数である。nは、1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましい。また、nを2以上とすると、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液に対する溶解コントラストを更に向上させることが可能となる。従って、こうすると、限界解像力及びラフネス特性を更に向上させることができる。
 mは、1以上の整数である。mは、1~3の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましい。
 lは、0以上の整数である。lは、0又は1であることが好ましい。
 pは、0~3の整数である。
 以下に、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位の具体例を示す。なお、具体例中、Ra及びOPは、一般式(I-1)~(I-3)における各々と同義である。また、複数のOPが互いに結合して環を形成している場合、対応する環構造は、便宜上「O-P-O」と表記している。
R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkynyl group, and an alkenyl group. R 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
L 3 represents a (m + 2) -valent linking group. That is, L 3 represents a trivalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include corresponding groups in specific examples described later.
R L represents a (n + 1) -valent linking group. That is, R L represents a divalent or higher linking group. Examples of such a linking group include an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, and corresponding groups in the specific examples described below. R L may be bonded to each other or bonded to the following R S to form a ring structure.
R S represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a halogen atom.
n is an integer of 1 or more. n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2. When n is 2 or more, it is possible to further improve the dissolution contrast with respect to a developer containing an organic solvent. Accordingly, in this way, the limit resolution and roughness characteristics can be further improved.
m is an integer of 1 or more. m is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 or 2.
l is an integer of 0 or more. l is preferably 0 or 1.
p is an integer of 0 to 3.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group are shown below. In the specific examples, Ra and OP have the same meanings as in general formulas (I-1) to (I-3). In addition, when a plurality of OPs are bonded to each other to form a ring, the corresponding ring structure is represented as “OPO” for convenience.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基は、下記一般式(II-1)~(II-4)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることが好ましい。 The group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-1) to (II-4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 式中、
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 Rは、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。Rは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。RとRとは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。少なくとも2つのRは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。但し、3つの上記Rのうち1つ又は2つが水素原子である場合は、残りの上記Rのうち少なくとも1つは、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基は、下記一般式(II-5)~(II-9)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることも好ましい。
Where
R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 4 each independently represents a monovalent organic group. R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 3 and R 4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
R 5 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. At least two R 5 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. However, when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group.
The group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is also preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (II-5) to (II-9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 式中、
 Rは、一般式(II-1)~(II-3)のRと同義である。
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、互いに結合して、環を形成していてもよい。
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基は、一般式(II-1)~(II-3)から選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることがより好ましく、一般式(II-1)又は(II-3)により表されることが更に好ましく、一般式(II-1)により表されることが特に好ましい。
Where
R 4 is formula (II-1) is synonymous with R 4 a ~ (II-3).
R 6 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 6 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
The group that decomposes by the action of an acid to produce an alcoholic hydroxy group is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the general formulas (II-1) to (II-3). More preferably, it is represented by 1) or (II-3), and particularly preferably represented by formula (II-1).
 Rは、上述した通り、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 Rのアルキル基は、直鎖状であってもよく、分岐鎖状であってもよい。Rのアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましい。Rのアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、及びn-ブチル基が挙げられる。
 Rのシクロアルキル基は、単環式であってもよく、多環式であってもよい。Rのシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~10であることが好ましく、4~8であることがより好ましい。Rのシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ノルボルニル基、及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above. R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkyl group for R 3 may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3. Examples of the alkyl group for R 3 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and an n-butyl group.
The cycloalkyl group for R 3 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 is preferably 3 to 10, and more preferably 4 to 8. Examples of the cycloalkyl group represented by R 3 include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, and an adamantyl group.
 また、一般式(II-1)において、Rの少なくとも一方は、1価の有機基であることが好ましい。このような構成を採用すると、特に高い感度を達成することができる。
 Rは、1価の有機基を表す。Rは、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、アルキル基であることがより好ましい。これらアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 Rのアルキル基は、置換基を有していないか、又は、1つ以上のアリール基及び/又は1つ以上のシリル基を置換基として有していることが好ましい。無置換アルキル基の炭素数は、1~20であることが好ましい。1つ以上のアリール基により置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基部分の炭素数は、1~25であることが好ましい。1つ以上のシリル基により置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基部分の炭素数は、1~30であることが好ましい。また、Rのシクロアルキル基が置換基を有していない場合、その炭素数は、3~20であることが好ましい。
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。但し、3つのRのうち1つ又は2つが水素原子である場合は、残りのRのうち少なくとも1つは、アリール基、アルケニル基、又はアルキニル基を表す。Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。アルキル基が置換基を有していない場合、その炭素数は、1~6であることが好ましく、1~3であることがより好ましい。
 Rは、上述した通り、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又はアルキル基であることがより好ましく、水素原子又は置換基を有していないアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、水素原子又は炭素数1~10であり且つ置換基を有していないアルキル基であることが更に好ましい。
 なお、R、R及びRのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、先にRについて説明したのと同様のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 以下に、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基の具体例を示す。
In general formula (II-1), at least one of R 3 is preferably a monovalent organic group. When such a configuration is employed, particularly high sensitivity can be achieved.
R 4 represents a monovalent organic group. R 4 is preferably an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and more preferably an alkyl group. These alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
The alkyl group represented by R 4 preferably has no substituent, or preferably has one or more aryl groups and / or one or more silyl groups as substituents. The carbon number of the unsubstituted alkyl group is preferably 1-20. The alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups preferably has 1 to 25 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group moiety in the alkyl group substituted with one or more silyl groups is preferably 1-30. Further, when the cycloalkyl group of R 4 has no substituent, the carbon number thereof is preferably 3-20.
R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. However, when one or two of the three R 5 are hydrogen atoms, at least one of the remaining R 5 represents an aryl group, an alkenyl group, or an alkynyl group. R 5 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. When the alkyl group has no substituent, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 6, and more preferably 1 to 3.
R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group as described above. R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and further preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having no substituent. R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and having no substituent.
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 4 , R 5, and R 6 include the same alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as those described above for R 3 .
Below, the specific example of the group which decomposes | disassembles by the effect | action of an acid and produces an alcoholic hydroxy group is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 以下に酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位の具体例を示す。下記具体例中、Xaは、水素原子、CH、CF、又はCHOHを表す。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group are shown below. In the following specific examples, Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 上記酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位は、1種類であってもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The above repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group may be one type or a combination of two or more types.
 樹脂(A)における酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(複数種類含有する場合はその合計)は、上記樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して5モル%以上80モル%以下であることが好ましく、5モル%以上75モル%以下であることがより好ましく、10モル%以上65モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group in the resin (A) (when there are a plurality of types) is 5 mol% or more and 80 mol% or less with respect to all repeating units in the resin (A) It is preferably 5 mol% or more and 75 mol% or less, more preferably 10 mol% or more and 65 mol% or less.
(b)一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位
 上記樹脂(A)は、更に、下記一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であるのが好ましい。
(B) Repeating Unit Represented by General Formula (1) The resin (A) is preferably a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 一般式(1)において、
 R11、R12及びR13は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R13はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、その場合のR13はアルキレン基を表す。
 Xは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表し、R13と結合して環を形成する場合には(n+2)価の芳香環基を表す。
 nは、1~4の整数を表す。
In general formula (1),
R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring, in which case R 13 represents an alkylene group.
X 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar 1 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group, and when bonded to R 13 to form a ring, represents an (n + 2) -valent aromatic ring group.
n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
 式(1)におけるR11、R12、R13のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシカルボニル基、及びこれらの基が有し得る置換基の具体例としては、上記一般式(V)におけるR51、R52及びR53により表される各基について説明した具体例と同様である。 Specific examples of the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, halogen atom, alkoxycarbonyl group of R 11 , R 12 , and R 13 in formula (1), and the substituents that these groups may have are the above general formula (V) Are the same as the specific examples described for each group represented by R 51 , R 52 and R 53 .
 Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表す。nが1である場合における2価の芳香環基は、置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基などの炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、あるいは、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基を好ましい例として挙げることができる。 Ar 1 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group. The divalent aromatic ring group in the case where n is 1 may have a substituent, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, an anthracenylene group, or the like. Examples of preferred aromatic ring groups include heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole.
 nが2以上の整数である場合における(n+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 (n+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
Specific examples of the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group. The group formed can be preferably mentioned.
The (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
 上述したアルキレン基及び(n+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、アルキル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基、フェニル基等のアリール基が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the above-described alkylene group and (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a propoxy group, a hydroxypropoxy group, a butoxy group and other alkoxy groups, phenyl And aryl groups such as groups.
 Xの2価の連結基としては、-COO-又は-CONR64-が挙げられる。
 Xにより表わされる-CONR64-(R64は、水素原子、アルキル基を表す)におけるR64のアルキル基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基など炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、より好ましくは炭素数8以下のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Xとしては、単結合、-COO-、-CONH-が好ましく、単結合、-COO-がより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group for X 1 include —COO— or —CONR 64 —.
-CONR 64 represented by X 1 - (R 64 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group) The alkyl group for R 64 in, preferably an optionally substituted methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group , An isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group, a dodecyl group, and the like, and an alkyl group having a carbon number of 8 or less is more preferable. Can be mentioned.
X 1 is preferably a single bond, —COO— or —CONH—, and more preferably a single bond or —COO—.
 Arとしては、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~18の芳香環基がより好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、ビフェニレン環基が特に好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(b)は、ヒドロキシスチレン構造を備えていることが好ましい。即ち、
 Arは、ベンゼン環基であることが好ましい。
As Ar 1 , an optionally substituted aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms is more preferable, and a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and a biphenylene ring group are particularly preferable.
The repeating unit (b) preferably has a hydroxystyrene structure. That is,
Ar 1 is preferably a benzene ring group.
 nは1~4の整数を表し、1又は2を表すことが好ましく、1を表すことがより好ましい。 N represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 1.
 以下に、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。式中、aは1又は2を表す。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) are shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 樹脂(A)は、一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を2種類以上含んでいてもよい。 Resin (A) may contain two or more types of repeating units represented by general formula (1).
 一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量(複数種含有する際はその合計)は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対して、3~98モル%の範囲内であることが好ましく、10~80モル%の範囲内であることがより好ましく、25~70モル%の範囲内であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (1) (the total when containing plural types) is within the range of 3 to 98 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). Is more preferably in the range of 10 to 80 mol%, and still more preferably in the range of 25 to 70 mol%.
(c)一般式(1)で表される繰り返し単位以外の極性基を有する繰り返し単位
 樹脂(A)は極性基を有する繰り返し単位(c)を含むことが好ましい。繰り返し単位(c)を含むことにより、例えば、樹脂を含んだ組成物の感度を向上させることができる。繰り返し単位(c)は、非酸分解性の繰り返し単位であること(すなわち、酸分解性基を有さないこと)が好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(c)が含み得る「極性基」としては、例えば、以下の(1)~(4)が挙げられる。なお、以下において、「電気陰性度」とは、Paulingによる値を意味している。
(C) Repeating unit having a polar group other than the repeating unit represented by formula (1) The resin (A) preferably contains a repeating unit (c) having a polar group. By including the repeating unit (c), for example, the sensitivity of the composition containing a resin can be improved. The repeating unit (c) is preferably a non-acid-decomposable repeating unit (that is, having no acid-decomposable group).
Examples of the “polar group” that can be contained in the repeating unit (c) include the following (1) to (4). In the following, “electronegativity” means a value by Pauling.
 (1)酸素原子と、酸素原子との電気陰性度の差が1.1以上である原子とが、単結合により結合した構造を含む官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、ヒドロキシ基などのO-Hにより表される構造を含んだ基が挙げられる。
 (2)窒素原子と、窒素原子との電気陰性度の差が0.6以上である原子とが、単結合により結合した構造を含む官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、アミノ基などのN-Hにより表される構造を含んだ基が挙げられる。
 (3)電気陰性度が0.5以上異なる2つの原子が二重結合又は三重結合により結合した構造を含む官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、C≡N、C=O、N=O、S=O又はC=Nにより表される構造を含んだ基が挙げられる。
 (4)イオン性部位を有する官能基
 このような極性基としては、例えば、N又はSにより表される部位を有する基が挙げられる。
 以下に、「極性基」が含み得る部分構造の具体例を挙げる。
(1) A functional group including a structure in which an oxygen atom and an atom having an electronegativity difference of 1.1 or more are bonded by a single bond. Examples of such a polar group include a hydroxy group and the like. And a group containing a structure represented by O—H.
(2) Functional group including a structure in which a nitrogen atom and an atom having a difference in electronegativity of the nitrogen atom of 0.6 or more are bonded by a single bond. Examples of such a polar group include an amino group and the like. And a group containing a structure represented by NH.
(3) Functional group including a structure in which two atoms having electronegativity different by 0.5 or more are bonded by a double bond or a triple bond. Examples of such a polar group include C≡N, C═O, N = And a group containing a structure represented by O, S═O or C═N.
(4) Examples of the functional group such polar groups having an ionic sites, for example, a group having a moiety represented by N + or S +.
Specific examples of the partial structure that can be included in the “polar group” are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 繰り返し単位(c)が含み得る「極性基」は、例えば、(I)ヒドロキシ基、(II)シアノ基、(III)ラクトン基又はスルトン基(環状スルホン酸エステル)、(IV)カルボン酸基又はスルホン酸基、(V)アミド基、スルホンアミド基又はこれらの誘導体に対応した基、(VI)アンモニウム基又はスルホニウム基、及び、これらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つであることが好ましい。 The “polar group” that the repeating unit (c) may contain includes, for example, (I) a hydroxy group, (II) a cyano group, (III) a lactone group or a sultone group (cyclic sulfonate ester), (IV) a carboxylic acid group, or At least selected from the group consisting of a sulfonic acid group, a group corresponding to (V) an amide group, a sulfonamide group or a derivative thereof, (VI) an ammonium group or a sulfonium group, and a group formed by combining two or more thereof. One is preferred.
 この極性基は、ヒドロキシル基、シアノ基、ラクトン基、スルトン基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、アミド基、スルホンアミド基、アンモニウム基、スルホニウム基及びこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせてなる基より選択されることが好ましく、アルコール性ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、ラクトン基、スルトン基、又は、シアノラクトン構造を含んだ基であることが特に好ましい。
 樹脂にアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、樹脂を含んだ組成物の露光ラチチュード(EL)を更に向上させることができる。
 樹脂にシアノ基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、樹脂を含んだ組成物の感度を更に向上させることができる。
 樹脂にラクトン基又はスルトン基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液に対する溶解コントラストを更に向上させることができる。また、こうすると、樹脂を含んだ組成物のドライエッチング耐性、塗布性、及び基板との密着性を更に向上させることも可能となる。
 樹脂にシアノ基を有するラクトン構造を含んだ基を備えた繰り返し単位を更に含有させると、有機溶剤を含んだ現像液に対する溶解コントラストを更に向上させることができる。また、こうすると、樹脂を含んだ組成物の感度、ドライエッチング耐性、塗布性、及び基板との密着性を更に向上させることも可能となる。加えて、こうすると、シアノ基及びラクトン基のそれぞれに起因した機能を単一の繰り返し単位に担わせることが可能となり、樹脂の設計の自由度を更に増大させることも可能となる。
The polar group is selected from a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a lactone group, a sultone group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, an amide group, a sulfonamide group, an ammonium group, a sulfonium group, and a group formed by combining two or more thereof. It is particularly preferably an alcoholic hydroxy group, a cyano group, a lactone group, a sultone group, or a group containing a cyanolactone structure.
When the resin further contains a repeating unit having an alcoholic hydroxy group, the exposure latitude (EL) of the composition containing the resin can be further improved.
When the resin further contains a repeating unit having a cyano group, the sensitivity of the composition containing the resin can be further improved.
If the resin further contains a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group, the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved. This also makes it possible to further improve the dry etching resistance, coating properties, and adhesion to the substrate of the resin-containing composition.
If the resin further contains a repeating unit having a group containing a lactone structure having a cyano group, the dissolution contrast with respect to the developer containing an organic solvent can be further improved. This also makes it possible to further improve the sensitivity, dry etching resistance, applicability, and adhesion to the substrate of the composition containing the resin. In addition, this makes it possible for a single repeating unit to have a function attributable to each of the cyano group and the lactone group, thereby further increasing the degree of freedom in designing the resin.
 繰り返し単位(c)が有する極性基がアルコール性ヒドロキシ基である場合、下記一般式(I-1H)~(I-10H)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることが好ましい。特には、下記一般式(I-1H)~(I-3H)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表されることがより好ましく、下記一般式(I-1H)により表されることが更に好ましい。 When the polar group of the repeating unit (c) is an alcoholic hydroxy group, it is preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H). In particular, it is more preferably represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the following general formulas (I-1H) to (I-3H), and may be represented by the following general formula (I-1H). Further preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 式中、Ra、R、R、W、n、m、l、L、R、R、L、R、R及びpは、一般式(I-1)~(I-10)における各々と同義である。
 酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基を備えた繰り返し単位と、上記一般式(I-1H)~(I-10H)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つにより表される繰り返し単位とを併用すると、例えば、アルコール性ヒドロキシ基による酸拡散の抑制と、酸の作用により分解してアルコール性ヒドロキシ基を生じる基による感度の増大とにより、他の性能を劣化させることなしに、露光ラチチュード(EL)を改良することが可能となる。
 アルコール性ヒドロキシ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有率は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~50モル%、更に好ましくは5~40モル%である。
 以下に、一般式(I-1H)~(I-10H)の何れかにより表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示す。なお、具体例中、Raは、一般式(I-1H)~(I-10H)のRaと同義である。
In the formula, Ra, R 1 , R 2 , W, n, m, l, L 1 , R, R 0 , L 3 , R L , R S and p are represented by the general formulas (I-1) to (I− It is synonymous with each of 10).
A repeating unit having a group capable of decomposing by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group, and a repeating unit represented by at least one selected from the group consisting of the above general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) When the unit is used in combination, for example, by suppressing acid diffusion due to an alcoholic hydroxy group and increasing sensitivity due to a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an alcoholic hydroxy group, without degrading other performances, The exposure latitude (EL) can be improved.
The content of the repeating unit having an alcoholic hydroxy group is preferably from 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A). It is.
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by any one of the general formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H) are shown below. In specific examples, Ra has the same meaning as Ra in formulas (I-1H) to (I-10H).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 繰り返し単位(c)が有する極性基がアルコール性ヒドロキシ基又はシアノ基である場合、好ましい繰り返し単位の一つの態様として、水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造を有する繰り返し単位であることが挙げられる。このとき、酸分解性基を有さないことが好ましい。水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造に於ける、脂環炭化水素構造としては、アダマンチル基、ジアダマンチル基、ノルボルナン基が好ましい。好ましい水酸基又はシアノ基で置換された脂環炭化水素構造としては、下記一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)で表される部分構造が好ましい。これにより基板密着性、及び現像液親和性が向上する。 When the polar group of the repeating unit (c) is an alcoholic hydroxy group or a cyano group, it is a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group as one embodiment of a preferable repeating unit. Is mentioned. At this time, it is preferable not to have an acid-decomposable group. The alicyclic hydrocarbon structure in the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is preferably an adamantyl group, a diadamantyl group, or a norbornane group. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a preferred hydroxyl group or cyano group, partial structures represented by the following general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) are preferred. This improves the substrate adhesion and developer compatibility.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)に於いて、
 Rc~Rcは、各々独立に、水素原子又は水酸基又はシアノ基を表す。ただし、Rc~Rcの内の少なくとも1つは、水酸基を表す。好ましくは、Rc~Rcの内の1つ又は2つが、水酸基で、残りが水素原子である。一般式(VIIa)に於いて、更に好ましくは、Rc~Rcの内の2つが、水酸基で、残りが水素原子である。
In the general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc),
R 2 c to R 4 c each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, at least one of R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group. Preferably, one or two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the remaining is a hydrogen atom. In the general formula (VIIa), more preferably, two of R 2 c to R 4 c are a hydroxyl group and the rest are hydrogen atoms.
 一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)で表される部分構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)で表される繰り返し単位を挙げることができる。 Examples of the repeating unit having a partial structure represented by the general formulas (VIIa) to (VIIc) include the repeating units represented by the following general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 一般式(AIIa)~(AIIc)に於いて、
 Rcは、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基又はヒドロキシメチル基を表す。
In the general formulas (AIIa) to (AIIc),
R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group.
 Rc~Rcは、一般式(VIIa)~(VIIc)に於ける、Rc~Rcと同義である。 R 2 c ~ R 4 c is in the general formula (VIIa) ~ (VIIc), the same meanings as R 2 c ~ R 4 c.
 樹脂(A)は水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位を含有していても含有していなくてもよいが、含有する場合、水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~60モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~50モル%、更に好ましくは5~40モル%である。 The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. However, when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group is in the resin (A). The amount is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 3 to 50 mol%, still more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, based on all repeating units.
 水酸基又はシアノ基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a hydroxyl group or a cyano group are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 繰り返し単位(c)は、極性基としてラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位であってもよい。
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位としては、下記一般式(AII)で表される繰り返し単位がより好ましい。
The repeating unit (c) may be a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure as a polar group.
As the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AII) is more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
 一般式(AII)中、
 Rbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)を表す。
 Rbのアルキル基が有していてもよい好ましい置換基としては、水酸基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。Rbのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、及び臭素原子を挙げることができる。Rbとして、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基であり、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
In general formula (AII),
Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
Preferable substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom for Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環のシクロアルキル構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、カルボニル基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の連結基を表す。Abは、好ましくは、単結合、-Ab-CO-で表される2価の連結基である。
 Abは、直鎖又は分岐アルキレン基、単環又は多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、好ましくはメチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、ノルボルニレン基である。
 Vは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を表す。
Ab represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl structure, an ether bond, an ester bond, a carbonyl group, or a divalent linking group obtained by combining these. Ab is preferably a single bond or a divalent linking group represented by —Ab 1 —CO 2 —.
Ab 1 represents a linear or branched alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, an adamantylene group, norbornylene group.
V represents a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれでも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造であり、5~7員環のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造にビシクロ構造、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているものが好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造又は下記一般式(SL1-1)又は(SL1-2)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。特に好ましい構造としては(LC1-1)、(LC1-4)、(LC1-5)、(LC1-6)、(LC1-8)、(LC1-13)、(LC1-14)、(SL1-1)である。 As the group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, any group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure can be used, but a 5- to 7-membered lactone structure or a sultone structure is preferable, and a 5- to 7-membered structure is preferable. Those in which other ring structures are condensed in a form forming a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in the lactone structure or sultone structure of the ring are preferable. Repeat having a lactone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) or a sultone structure represented by any one of the following general formulas (SL1-1) or (SL1-2) More preferably it has units. A lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain. Particularly preferred structures are (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-8), (LC1-13), (LC1-14), (SL1- 1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造は、置換基(Rb)を有していても有していなくてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7の1価のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、酸分解性基などが挙げられる。より好ましくは炭素数1~4のアルキル基、シアノ基、酸分解性基である。nは、0~4の整数を表す。nが2以上の時、複数存在する置換基(Rb)は、同一でも異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在する置換基(Rb)同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure portion or sultone structure may or may not have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred examples of the substituent (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a monovalent cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms. , Carboxyl group, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-decomposable group and the like. More preferred are an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a cyano group, and an acid-decomposable group. n 2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n 2 is 2 or more, a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be the same or different, and a plurality of substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to form a ring. .
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位は、通常光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)が90%以上のものが好ましく、より好ましくは95%以上である。 The repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. One optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% or more, more preferably 95% or more.
 樹脂(A)はラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有しても含有しなくてもよいが、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(A)中の上記繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、1~70モル%の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは3~65モル%の範囲であり、更に好ましくは5~60モル%の範囲である。
 以下に、樹脂(A)中のラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。式中、Rxは、H,CH,CHOH,又はCFを表す。
The resin (A) may or may not contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, but when it contains a repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure, the above repeating unit in the resin (A) The content of is preferably in the range of 1 to 70 mol%, more preferably in the range of 3 to 65 mol%, still more preferably in the range of 5 to 60 mol% with respect to all repeating units.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having a lactone structure or a sultone structure in the resin (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 また、繰り返し単位(c)が有しうる極性基が酸性基であることも特に好ましい態様の一つである。好ましい酸性基としてはフェノール性ヒドロキシル基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(例えばヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。なかでも繰り返し単位(c)はカルボキシル基を有する繰り返し単位であることがより好ましい。酸性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有することによりコンタクトホール用途での解像性が増す。酸性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に直接酸性基が結合している繰り返し単位、あるいは連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸性基が結合している繰り返し単位、更には酸性基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入のいずれも好ましい。特に好ましくはアクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位である。 Also, it is one of particularly preferable embodiments that the polar group that the repeating unit (c) may have is an acidic group. Preferred acidic groups include phenolic hydroxyl groups, carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, fluorinated alcohol groups (eg hexafluoroisopropanol group), sulfonamido groups, sulfonylimide groups, (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups, Alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, A tris (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group is mentioned. Of these, the repeating unit (c) is more preferably a repeating unit having a carboxyl group. By containing the repeating unit having an acidic group, the resolution in the contact hole application is increased. The repeating unit having an acidic group includes a repeating unit in which an acidic group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or an acidic group in the main chain of the resin through a linking group. It is preferable to use a polymerization initiator or a chain transfer agent having a repeating unit bonded to each other, or an acidic group, at the time of polymerization and introduce it at the end of the polymer chain. Particularly preferred are repeating units of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
 繰り返し単位(c)が有しうる酸性基は、芳香環を含んでいてもいなくてもよいが、芳香環を有する場合はフェノール性水酸基以外の酸性基から選ばれることが好ましい。繰り返し単位(c)が酸性基を有する場合、酸性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、30モル%以下であることが好ましく、20モル%以下であることがより好ましい。樹脂(A)が酸性基を有する繰り返し単位を含有する場合、樹脂(A)における酸性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、通常、1モル%以上である。
 酸性基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。
 具体例中、RxはH、CH、CHOH又はCFを表す。
The acidic group that the repeating unit (c) may have may or may not contain an aromatic ring, but when it has an aromatic ring, it is preferably selected from acidic groups other than phenolic hydroxyl groups. When the repeating unit (c) has an acidic group, the content of the repeating unit having an acidic group is preferably 30 mol% or less, and 20 mol% or less with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A). More preferably. When resin (A) contains the repeating unit which has an acidic group, content of the repeating unit which has an acidic group in resin (A) is 1 mol% or more normally.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acidic group are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
In specific examples, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(d)複数の芳香環を有する繰り返し単位
 樹脂(A)は下記一般式(c1)で表される複数の芳香環を有する繰り返し単位(d)を有していてもよい。
(D) Repeating unit having a plurality of aromatic rings The resin (A) may have a repeating unit (d) having a plurality of aromatic rings represented by the following general formula (c1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
 一般式(c1)中、
 Rは、水素原子、アルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はニトロ基を表し、
 Yは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、
 Zは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、
 Arは、芳香環基を表し、
 pは1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (c1),
R 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or a nitro group,
Y represents a single bond or a divalent linking group,
Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group;
Ar represents an aromatic ring group,
p represents an integer of 1 or more.
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状のいずれでもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デカニル基、i-ブチル基があげられ、更に置換基を有していてもよく、好ましい置換基としては、アルコキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基等が挙げられ、中でも置換基を有するアルキル基としては、CF基、アルキルオキシカルボニルメチル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、アルコキシメチル基等が好ましい。 The alkyl group as R 3 may be linear or branched. For example, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, i-propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group Group, n-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decanyl group, i-butyl group, and may further have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, and a nitro group. Among them, examples of the alkyl group having a substituent include a CF 3 group, an alkyloxycarbonylmethyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxymethyl group, and hydroxymethyl. Group, alkoxymethyl group and the like are preferable.
 Rとしてのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、及び臭素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子が特に好ましい。
 Yは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、2価の連結基としては、例えば、エーテル基(酸素原子)、チオエーテル基(硫黄原子)、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、スルフィド基、スルホン基、-COO-、-CONH-、-SONH-、-CF-、-CFCF-、-OCFO-、-CFOCF-、-SS-、-CHSOCH-、-CHCOCH-、-COCFCO-、-COCO-、-OCOO-、-OSOO-、アミノ基(窒素原子)、アシル基、アルキルスルホニル基、-CH=CH-、-C≡C-、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アミノスルホニルアミノ基、若しくはこれらの組み合わせからなる基があげられる。Yは、炭素数15以下が好ましく、炭素数10以下がより好ましい。
Examples of the halogen atom as R 3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom, and a fluorine atom is particularly preferable.
Y represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group (oxygen atom), a thioether group (sulfur atom), an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfide group, Sulfone group, —COO—, —CONH—, —SO 2 NH—, —CF 2 —, —CF 2 CF 2 —, —OCF 2 O—, —CF 2 OCF 2 —, —SS—, —CH 2 SO 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 COCH 2 —, —COCF 2 CO—, —COCO—, —OCOO—, —OSO 2 O—, amino group (nitrogen atom), acyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, —CH═CH And —C—C≡C—, an aminocarbonylamino group, an aminosulfonylamino group, or a combination thereof. Y preferably has 15 or less carbon atoms, more preferably 10 or less carbon atoms.
 Yは、好ましくは単結合、-COO-基、-COS-基、-CONH-基、より好ましくは-COO-基、-CONH-基であり、特に好ましくは-COO-基である。
 Zは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、2価の連結基としては、例えば、エーテル基(酸素原子)、チオエーテル基(硫黄原子)、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、スルフィド基、スルホン基、-COO-、-CONH-、-SONH-、アミノ基(窒素原子)、アシル基、アルキルスルホニル基、-CH=CH-、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アミノスルホニルアミノ基、若しくはこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。
 Zは、好ましくは単結合、エーテル基、カルボニル基、-COO-であり、更に好ましくは単結合、エーテル基であり、特に好ましくは単結合である。
Y is preferably a single bond, a —COO— group, a —COS— group, a —CONH— group, more preferably a —COO— group or a —CONH— group, and particularly preferably a —COO— group.
Z represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and examples of the divalent linking group include an ether group (oxygen atom), a thioether group (sulfur atom), an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfide group, Sulfone group, —COO—, —CONH—, —SO 2 NH—, amino group (nitrogen atom), acyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, —CH═CH—, aminocarbonylamino group, aminosulfonylamino group, or these Examples include a group consisting of a combination.
Z is preferably a single bond, an ether group, a carbonyl group, or —COO—, more preferably a single bond or an ether group, and particularly preferably a single bond.
 Arは、芳香環基を表し、具体的には、フェニル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、フェナントレニル基、キノリニル基、フラニル基、チオフェニル基、フルオレニル-9-オン-イル基、アントラキノニル基、フェナントラキノニル基、ピロール基等が挙げられ、フェニル基であることが好ましい。これらの芳香環基は更に置換基を有していてもよく、好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アシルアミノ基、スルホニルアミノ基、フェニル基等のアリール基、アリールオキシ基、アリールカルボニル基、ヘテロ環残基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも、フェニル基が、アウトバンド光に起因した露光ラチチュードやパターン形状の悪化を抑制する観点から好ましい。
 pは、1以上の整数であり、1~3の整数であることが好ましい。
Ar represents an aromatic ring group, specifically, phenyl group, naphthyl group, anthracenyl group, phenanthrenyl group, quinolinyl group, furanyl group, thiophenyl group, fluorenyl-9-one-yl group, anthraquinonyl group, phenanthralkyl. A nonyl group, a pyrrole group, etc. are mentioned, A phenyl group is preferable. These aromatic ring groups may further have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, and a sulfonylamino group. Group, aryl group such as phenyl group, aryloxy group, arylcarbonyl group, heterocyclic residue, etc. Among them, phenyl group suppresses deterioration of exposure latitude and pattern shape caused by out-of-band light It is preferable from the viewpoint.
p is an integer of 1 or more, preferably an integer of 1 to 3.
 繰り返し単位(d)として更に好ましいのは以下の式(c2)で表される繰り返し単位である。 More preferred as the repeating unit (d) is a repeating unit represented by the following formula (c2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 一般式(c2)中、Rは、水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。Rが表すアルキル基として好ましいアルキル基は、一般式(c1)のRが表すアルキル基と同様である。 In general formula (c2), R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Preferred alkyl groups as the alkyl group R 3 represents is the same as the alkyl group represented by R 3 in the general formula (c1).
 ここで、極紫外線(EUV光)露光に関しては、波長100~400nmの紫外線領域に発生する漏れ光(アウトオブバンド光)が表面ラフネスを悪化させ、結果、パターン間におけるブリッジや、パターンの断線によって、解像性及びLWR性能が低下する傾向となる。
 しかしながら、繰り返し単位(d)における芳香環は、上記アウトオブバンド光を吸収可能な内部フィルターとして機能する。よって、高解像及び低LWRの観点から、樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(d)を含有することが好ましい。
 ここで、繰り返し単位(d)は、高解像性を得る観点から、フェノール性水酸基(芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基)を有さないことが好ましい。
Here, regarding extreme ultraviolet (EUV light) exposure, leakage light (out-of-band light) generated in the ultraviolet region with a wavelength of 100 to 400 nm deteriorates surface roughness, and as a result, bridges between patterns and pattern breaks , Resolution and LWR performance tend to decrease.
However, the aromatic ring in the repeating unit (d) functions as an internal filter that can absorb the out-of-band light. Therefore, from the viewpoint of high resolution and low LWR, the resin (A) preferably contains the repeating unit (d).
Here, it is preferable that the repeating unit (d) does not have a phenolic hydroxyl group (a hydroxyl group directly bonded on an aromatic ring) from the viewpoint of obtaining high resolution.
 繰り返し単位(d)の具体例を以下に示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit (d) are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(d)を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、繰り返し単位(d)の含有率は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~30モル%の範囲であることが好ましく、より好ましくは1~20モル%の範囲であり、更に好ましくは1~15モル%の範囲である。樹脂(A)に含まれる繰り返し単位(d)は2種類以上を組み合わせて含んでもよい。 The resin (A) may or may not contain the repeating unit (d), but when it is contained, the content of the repeating unit (d) is from 1 to the total repeating unit of the resin (A). The range is preferably 30 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol%, and still more preferably 1 to 15 mol%. The repeating unit (d) contained in the resin (A) may contain a combination of two or more types.
 本発明における樹脂(A)は、上記繰り返し単位(a)~(d)以外の繰り返し単位を適宜有していてもよい。そのような繰り返し単位の一例として、更に極性基(例えば、上記酸基、水酸基、シアノ基)を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を有することができる。これにより、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いた現像の際に樹脂の溶解性を適切に調整することができる。このような繰り返し単位としては、一般式(IV)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The resin (A) in the present invention may have a repeating unit other than the above repeating units (a) to (d) as appropriate. As an example of such a repeating unit, a repeating unit that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure that does not have a polar group (for example, the acid group, hydroxyl group, and cyano group) and does not exhibit acid decomposability can be included. Thereby, the solubility of the resin can be appropriately adjusted during development using a developer containing an organic solvent. Examples of such a repeating unit include a repeating unit represented by the general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 一般式(IV)中、Rは少なくとも1つの環状構造を有し、極性基を有さない炭化水素基を表す。
 Raは水素原子、アルキル基又は-CH-O-Ra基を表す。式中、Raは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアシル基を表す。Raは、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基が好ましく、水素原子、メチル基が特に好ましい。
In general formula (IV), R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group having at least one cyclic structure and having no polar group.
Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or -CH 2 -O-Ra 2 group. In the formula, Ra 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an acyl group. Ra is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Rが有する環状構造には、単環式炭化水素基及び多環式炭化水素基が含まれる。単環式炭化水素基としては、たとえば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロへプチル基、シクロオクチル基などの炭素数3~12のシクロアルキル基、シクロへキセニル基など炭素数3~12のシクロアルケニル基が挙げられる。好ましい単環式炭化水素基としては、炭素数3~7の単環式炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基が挙げられる。 The cyclic structure possessed by R 5 includes a monocyclic hydrocarbon group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon group include cycloalkenyl having 3 to 12 carbon atoms such as cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cycloheptyl group, cyclooctyl group and the like, and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 12 carbon atoms and cyclohexenyl group. Groups. A preferred monocyclic hydrocarbon group is a monocyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, and more preferred examples include a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
 多環式炭化水素基には環集合炭化水素基、架橋環式炭化水素基が含まれ、環集合炭化水素基の例としては、ビシクロヘキシル基、パーヒドロナフタレニル基などが含まれる。架橋環式炭化水素環として、例えば、ピナン、ボルナン、ノルピナン、ノルボルナン、ビシクロオクタン環(ビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環等)などの2環式炭化水素環及び、ホモブレンダン、アダマンタン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン、トリシクロ[4.3.1.12,5]ウンデカン環などの3環式炭化水素環、テトラシクロ[4.4.0.12,5.17,10]ドデカン、パーヒドロ-1,4-メタノ-5,8-メタノナフタレン環などの4環式炭化水素環などが挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環には、縮合環式炭化水素環、例えば、パーヒドロナフタレン(デカリン)、パーヒドロアントラセン、パーヒドロフェナントレン、パーヒドロアセナフテン、パーヒドロフルオレン、パーヒドロインデン、パーヒドロフェナレン環などの5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環も含まれる。 The polycyclic hydrocarbon group includes a ring assembly hydrocarbon group and a bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group, and examples of the ring assembly hydrocarbon group include a bicyclohexyl group and a perhydronaphthalenyl group. As the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring, for example, bicyclic such as pinane, bornane, norpinane, norbornane, bicyclooctane ring (bicyclo [2.2.2] octane ring, bicyclo [3.2.1] octane ring, etc.) Hydrocarbon rings and tricyclic hydrocarbon rings such as homobrendane, adamantane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decane, tricyclo [4.3.1.1 2,5 ] undecane ring, tetracyclo [4.4.0.1 2,5 . 1 7,10 ] dodecane, tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings such as perhydro-1,4-methano-5,8-methanonaphthalene ring, and the like. The bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring includes a condensed cyclic hydrocarbon ring such as perhydronaphthalene (decalin), perhydroanthracene, perhydrophenanthrene, perhydroacenaphthene, perhydrofluorene, perhydroindene, perhydroindene. A condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings such as a phenalene ring are condensed is also included.
 好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環として、ノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基、ビシクロオクタニル基、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカニル基、などが挙げられる。より好ましい架橋環式炭化水素環としてノルボルニル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group, a tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decanyl group, and the like. More preferable examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 これらの脂環式炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよく、好ましい置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、水素原子が置換されたヒドロキシル基、水素原子が置換されたアミノ基などが挙げられる。好ましいハロゲン原子としては臭素、塩素、フッ素原子、好ましいアルキル基としてはメチル基、エチル基、ブチル基、t-ブチル基が挙げられる。上記のアルキル基は更に置換基を有していてもよく、更に有していてもよい置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、水素原子が置換されたヒドロキシル基、水素原子が置換されたアミノ基を挙げることができる。 These alicyclic hydrocarbon groups may have a substituent. Preferred examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. It is done. Preferred halogen atoms include bromine, chlorine and fluorine atoms, and preferred alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, butyl and t-butyl groups. The alkyl group described above may further have a substituent, and examples of the substituent that may further include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group substituted with a hydrogen atom, and an amino group substituted with a hydrogen atom. The group can be mentioned.
 上記ヒドロキシル基及び上記アミノ基における水素原子の置換基としては、たとえばアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アラルキル基、置換メチル基、置換エチル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。好ましいアルキル基としては、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、好ましい置換メチル基としてはメトキシメチル、メトキシチオメチル、ベンジルオキシメチル、t-ブトキシメチル、2-メトキシエトキシメチル基、好ましい置換エチル基としては、1-エトキシエチル、1-メチル-1-メトキシエチル、好ましいアシル基としては、ホルミル、アセチル、プロピオニル、ブチリル、イソブチリル、バレリル、ピバロイル基などの炭素数1~6の脂肪族アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基としては炭素数1~4のアルコキシカルボニル基などが挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent of the hydrogen atom in the hydroxyl group and the amino group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an aralkyloxycarbonyl group. Preferred alkyl groups include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferred substituted methyl groups include methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethoxymethyl groups, and preferred substituted ethyl groups. 1-ethoxyethyl, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl, preferable acyl groups include aliphatic acyl groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms such as formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl and pivaloyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl Examples of the group include an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 樹脂(A)は、極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、この繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~20モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは5~15モル%である。
 極性基を持たない脂環炭化水素構造を有し、酸分解性を示さない繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。式中、Raは、H、CH、CHOH、又はCFを表す。
The resin (A) has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group, and may or may not contain a repeating unit that does not exhibit acid decomposability. The content is preferably 1 to 20 mol%, more preferably 5 to 15 mol%, based on all repeating units in the resin (A).
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure having no polar group and not exhibiting acid decomposability are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 また、樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(5)により表される繰り返し単位を更に含んでもよい。 The resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 R41は、水素原子又はメチル基を表す。L41は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。L42は、2価の連結基を表す。Sは、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解して側鎖に酸を発生させる構造部位を表す。 R 41 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. L 41 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. L 42 represents a divalent linking group. S represents a structural site that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate an acid in the side chain.
 以下に、一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の具体例を示すが、本発明がこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
 樹脂(A)における一般式(5)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~40モル%の範囲が好ましく、2~30モル%の範囲がより好ましく、5~25モル%の範囲が特に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) in the resin (A) is preferably in the range of 1 to 40 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), and in the range of 2 to 30 mol%. Is more preferable, and the range of 5 to 25 mol% is particularly preferable.
 また、樹脂(A)は、Tgの向上やドライエッチング耐性の向上、先述のアウトオブバンド光の内部フィルター等の効果を鑑み、下記のモノマー成分を含んでもよい。 In addition, the resin (A) may contain the following monomer components in view of the effects such as the improvement of Tg, the improvement of dry etching resistance, the above-described internal filter of out-of-band light, and the like.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
 本発明の組成物に用いられる樹脂(A)において、各繰り返し構造単位の含有モル比は、レジストのドライエッチング耐性や標準現像液適性、基板密着性、レジストプロファイル、更にはレジストの一般的な必要性能である解像力、耐熱性、感度等を調節するために適宜設定される。 In the resin (A) used in the composition of the present invention, the content molar ratio of each repeating structural unit is the resist dry etching resistance, standard developer suitability, substrate adhesion, resist profile, and general resist requirements. It is appropriately set in order to adjust the resolution, heat resistance, sensitivity, etc., which are performance.
 樹脂(A)の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the resin (A) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
 本発明における樹脂(A)の形態としては、ランダム型、ブロック型、クシ型、スター型のいずれの形態でもよい。
 樹脂(A)は、例えば、各構造に対応する不飽和モノマーのラジカル、カチオン、又はアニオン重合により合成することができる。また各構造の前駆体に相当する不飽和モノマーを用いて重合した後に、高分子反応を行うことにより目的とする樹脂を得ることも可能である。
 例えば、一般的合成方法としては、不飽和モノマー及び重合開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤に不飽和モノマーと重合開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
The form of the resin (A) in the present invention may be any of random type, block type, comb type, and star type.
Resin (A) is compoundable by the radical, cation, or anion polymerization of the unsaturated monomer corresponding to each structure, for example. It is also possible to obtain the desired resin by conducting a polymer reaction after polymerization using an unsaturated monomer corresponding to the precursor of each structure.
For example, as a general synthesis method, an unsaturated monomer and a polymerization initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the unsaturated monomer and the polymerization initiator is added to the heating solvent for 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method etc. which are dropped and added over are mentioned, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
 重合に使用される溶媒としては、例えば、後述の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を調製する際に使用することができる溶剤等を挙げることができ、より好ましくは本発明の組成物に用いられる溶剤と同一の溶剤を用いて重合することが好ましい。これにより保存時のパーティクルの発生が抑制できる。
 重合反応は窒素やアルゴンなど不活性ガス雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては市販のラジカル開始剤(アゾ系開始剤、パーオキサイドなど)を用いて重合を開始させる。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤がより好ましい。好ましい開始剤としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。必要に応じて連鎖移動剤(例えば、アルキルメルカプタンなど)の存在下で重合を行ってもよい。
Examples of the solvent used for the polymerization include a solvent that can be used in preparing the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described below, and more preferably the composition of the present invention. Polymerization is preferably carried out using the same solvent as used in the above. Thereby, generation | occurrence | production of the particle at the time of a preservation | save can be suppressed.
The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. As a polymerization initiator, a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable. Preferable initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If necessary, the polymerization may be performed in the presence of a chain transfer agent (for example, alkyl mercaptan).
 反応の濃度は5~70質量%であり、好ましくは10~50質量%である。反応温度は、通常10℃~150℃であり、好ましくは30℃~120℃、更に好ましくは40~100℃である。
 反応時間は、通常1~48時間であり、好ましくは1~24時間、更に好ましくは1~12時間である。
 反応終了後、室温まで放冷し、精製する。精製は、水洗や適切な溶媒を組み合わせることにより残留単量体やオリゴマー成分を除去する液々抽出法、特定の分子量以下のもののみを抽出除去する限外ろ過等の溶液状態での精製方法や、樹脂溶液を貧溶媒へ滴下することで樹脂を貧溶媒中に凝固させることにより残留単量体等を除去する再沈澱法やろ別した樹脂スラリーを貧溶媒で洗浄する等の固体状態での精製方法等の通常の方法を適用できる。例えば、上記樹脂が難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒(貧溶媒)を、該反応溶液の10倍以下の体積量、好ましくは10~5倍の体積量で、接触させることにより樹脂を固体として析出させる。
The concentration of the reaction is 5 to 70% by mass, preferably 10 to 50% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C to 150 ° C, preferably 30 ° C to 120 ° C, more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C.
The reaction time is usually 1 to 48 hours, preferably 1 to 24 hours, and more preferably 1 to 12 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture is allowed to cool to room temperature and purified. Purification can be accomplished by a liquid-liquid extraction method that removes residual monomers and oligomer components by combining water and an appropriate solvent, and a purification method in a solution state such as ultrafiltration that extracts and removes only those having a specific molecular weight or less. , Reprecipitation method that removes residual monomer by coagulating resin in poor solvent by dripping resin solution into poor solvent and purification in solid state such as washing filtered resin slurry with poor solvent A normal method such as a method can be applied. For example, the resin is precipitated as a solid by contacting a solvent (poor solvent) in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount of 10 times or less, preferably 10 to 5 times that of the reaction solution.
 ポリマー溶液からの沈殿又は再沈殿操作の際に用いる溶媒(沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒)としては、該ポリマーの貧溶媒であればよく、ポリマーの種類に応じて、炭化水素、ハロゲン化炭化水素、ニトロ化合物、エーテル、ケトン、エステル、カーボネート、アルコール、カルボン酸、水、これらの溶媒を含む混合溶媒等の中から適宜選択して使用できる。これらの中でも、沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒として、少なくともアルコール(特に、メタノールなど)又は水を含む溶媒が好ましい。
 沈殿又は再沈殿溶媒の使用量は、効率や収率等を考慮して適宜選択できるが、一般には、ポリマー溶液100質量部に対して、100~10000質量部、好ましくは200~2000質量部、更に好ましくは300~1000質量部である。
 沈殿又は再沈殿する際の温度としては、効率や操作性を考慮して適宜選択できるが、通常0~50℃程度、好ましくは室温付近(例えば20~35℃程度)である。沈殿又は再沈殿操作は、攪拌槽などの慣用の混合容器を用い、バッチ式、連続式等の公知の方法により行うことができる。
 沈殿又は再沈殿したポリマーは、通常、濾過、遠心分離等の慣用の固液分離に付し、乾燥して使用に供される。濾過は、耐溶剤性の濾材を用い、好ましくは加圧下で行われる。乾燥は、常圧又は減圧下(好ましくは減圧下)、30~100℃程度、好ましくは30~50℃程度の温度で行われる。
The solvent (precipitation or reprecipitation solvent) used in the precipitation or reprecipitation operation from the polymer solution may be a poor solvent for the polymer, and may be a hydrocarbon, halogenated hydrocarbon, nitro, depending on the type of polymer. A compound, ether, ketone, ester, carbonate, alcohol, carboxylic acid, water, a mixed solvent containing these solvents, and the like can be appropriately selected for use. Among these, as a precipitation or reprecipitation solvent, a solvent containing at least an alcohol (particularly methanol or the like) or water is preferable.
The amount of the precipitation or reprecipitation solvent used can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency, yield, and the like, but generally, 100 to 10,000 parts by mass, preferably 200 to 2000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer solution, More preferably, it is 300 to 1000 parts by mass.
The temperature at the time of precipitation or reprecipitation can be appropriately selected in consideration of efficiency and operability, but is usually about 0 to 50 ° C., preferably around room temperature (for example, about 20 to 35 ° C.). The precipitation or reprecipitation operation can be performed by a known method such as a batch method or a continuous method using a conventional mixing vessel such as a stirring tank.
The precipitated or re-precipitated polymer is usually subjected to conventional solid-liquid separation such as filtration and centrifugation, and dried before use. Filtration is performed using a solvent-resistant filter medium, preferably under pressure. Drying is performed at a temperature of about 30 to 100 ° C., preferably about 30 to 50 ° C. under normal pressure or reduced pressure (preferably under reduced pressure).
 なお、一度、樹脂を析出させて、分離した後に、再び溶媒に溶解させ、該樹脂が難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒と接触させてもよい。即ち、上記ラジカル重合反応終了後、該ポリマーが難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒を接触させ、樹脂を析出させ(工程a)、樹脂を溶液から分離し(工程b)、改めて溶媒に溶解させ樹脂溶液Aを調製(工程c)、その後、該樹脂溶液Aに、該樹脂が難溶あるいは不溶の溶媒を、樹脂溶液Aの10倍未満の体積量(好ましくは5倍以下の体積量)で、接触させることにより樹脂固体を析出させ(工程d)、析出した樹脂を分離する(工程e)ことを含む方法でもよい。
 重合反応は窒素やアルゴンなど不活性ガス雰囲気下で行われることが好ましい。重合開始剤としては市販のラジカル開始剤(アゾ系開始剤、パーオキサイドなど)を用いて重合を開始させる。ラジカル開始剤としてはアゾ系開始剤が好ましく、エステル基、シアノ基、カルボキシル基を有するアゾ系開始剤がより好ましい。好ましい開始剤としては、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、アゾビスジメチルバレロニトリル、ジメチル2,2’-アゾビス(2-メチルプロピオネート)などが挙げられる。所望により開始剤を追加、あるいは分割で添加し、反応終了後、溶剤に投入して粉体あるいは固形回収等の方法で所望のポリマーを回収する。反応の濃度は5~50質量%であり、好ましくは10~30質量%である。反応温度は、通常10℃~150℃であり、好ましくは30℃~120℃、更に好ましくは60℃~100℃である。
In addition, once the resin is precipitated and separated, it may be dissolved again in a solvent, and the resin may be brought into contact with a hardly soluble or insoluble solvent. That is, after completion of the radical polymerization reaction, a solvent in which the polymer is hardly soluble or insoluble is brought into contact, the resin is precipitated (step a), the resin is separated from the solution (step b), and dissolved again in the solvent. (Step c), and then contact the resin solution A with a solvent in which the resin is hardly soluble or insoluble in a volume amount less than 10 times that of the resin solution A (preferably 5 times or less volume). This may be a method including precipitating a resin solid (step d) and separating the precipitated resin (step e).
The polymerization reaction is preferably performed in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen or argon. As a polymerization initiator, a commercially available radical initiator (azo initiator, peroxide, etc.) is used to initiate the polymerization. As the radical initiator, an azo initiator is preferable, and an azo initiator having an ester group, a cyano group, or a carboxyl group is more preferable. Preferable initiators include azobisisobutyronitrile, azobisdimethylvaleronitrile, dimethyl 2,2′-azobis (2-methylpropionate) and the like. If desired, an initiator is added or added in portions, and after completion of the reaction, it is put into a solvent and a desired polymer is recovered by a method such as powder or solid recovery. The concentration of the reaction is 5 to 50% by mass, preferably 10 to 30% by mass. The reaction temperature is usually 10 ° C. to 150 ° C., preferably 30 ° C. to 120 ° C., more preferably 60 ° C. to 100 ° C.
 本発明における樹脂(A)の分子量は、特に制限されないが、重量平均分子量が1000~100000の範囲であることが好ましく、1500~60000の範囲であることがより好ましく、2000~30000の範囲であることが特に好ましい。重量平均分子量を1000~100000の範囲とすることにより、耐熱性やドライエッチング耐性の劣化を防ぐことができ、且つ現像性が劣化したり、粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化したりすることを防ぐことができる。ここで、樹脂の重量平均分子量は、GPC(キャリア:THFあるいはN-メチル-2-ピロリドン(NMP))によって測定したポリスチレン換算分子量を示す。 The molecular weight of the resin (A) in the present invention is not particularly limited, but the weight average molecular weight is preferably in the range of 1000 to 100,000, more preferably in the range of 1500 to 60000, and in the range of 2000 to 30000. It is particularly preferred. By setting the weight average molecular weight in the range of 1,000 to 100,000, the heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented from being deteriorated, and the developability is deteriorated, and the film forming property is deteriorated due to an increase in viscosity. Can be prevented. Here, the weight average molecular weight of the resin indicates a molecular weight in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (carrier: THF or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP)).
 また分散度(Mw/Mn)は、好ましくは1.00~5.00、より好ましくは1.00~3.50であり、更に好ましくは、1.00~2.50である。分子量分布が小さいと、解像度、レジスト形状が優れ、且つレジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。 The dispersity (Mw / Mn) is preferably 1.00 to 5.00, more preferably 1.00 to 3.50, and still more preferably 1.00 to 2.50. When the molecular weight distribution is small, the resolution and resist shape are excellent, the side walls of the resist pattern are smooth, and the roughness is excellent.
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度は、例えば、HLC-8120(東ソー(株)製)を用い、カラムとしてTSKgel Multipore HXL-M(東ソー(株)製、7.8mmID×30.0cm)を、溶離液としてTHF(テトラヒドロフラン)又はNMP(N-メチル-2-ピロリドン)を用いることによって求めることができる。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity of the resin are, for example, HLC-8120 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation), and TSKgelgMultipore HXL-M (manufactured by Tosoh Corp., 7.8 mmID) as a column. × 30.0 cm) can be determined by using THF (tetrahydrofuran) or NMP (N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone) as the eluent.
<樹脂(A2)>
 以上、樹脂(A)について説明したが、上述したように、この樹脂(A)は組成物(ii)が含有する樹脂(A2)に相当する。
 組成物(ii)において、樹脂(A)である樹脂(A2)は、1種類単独で、又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。樹脂(A)である樹脂(A2)の含有率は、組成物(ii)中の全固形分を基準にして、20~99質量%が好ましく、30~99質量%がより好ましく、40~99質量%が更に好ましい。
<Resin (A2)>
The resin (A) has been described above. As described above, the resin (A) corresponds to the resin (A2) contained in the composition (ii).
In composition (ii), resin (A2) which is resin (A) can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The content of the resin (A2) which is the resin (A) is preferably 20 to 99% by mass, more preferably 30 to 99% by mass, and more preferably 40 to 99% based on the total solid content in the composition (ii). More preferred is mass%.
<(s)一価のヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位>
 次に、繰り返し単位(s)について説明する。
 組成物(i)が含有する樹脂(A1)は、一価のヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(s)を有する樹脂であり、好ましくは、上述した樹脂(A)に繰り返し単位(s)を持たせた樹脂である。この場合、樹脂(A1)は、繰り返し単位(s)以外の点については、上述した樹脂(A)と同様である。
<(S) Repeating unit having a monovalent iodine atom>
Next, the repeating unit (s) will be described.
The resin (A1) contained in the composition (i) is a resin having a repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom, and preferably the resin (A) described above has a repeating unit (s). Resin. In this case, the resin (A1) is the same as the resin (A) described above except for the repeating unit (s).
 繰り返し単位(s)は、より詳細には、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を有する繰り返し単位である。すなわち、繰り返し単位(s)は、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造(以下「部分構造(s1)」ともいう)を有するが、この部分構造(s1)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射によっても、繰り返し単位(s)から脱離しない部分構造である。活性光線又は放射線の照射によっても一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造(s1)が脱離しないため、光吸収の効果が低減せず高感度が得られると考えられる。 More specifically, the repeating unit (s) is a repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. That is, the repeating unit (s) has a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as “partial structure (s1)”), but this partial structure (s1) can be obtained by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. , A partial structure that does not desorb from the repeating unit (s). Since the partial structure (s1) having a monovalent iodine atom is not eliminated even by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, it is considered that high sensitivity can be obtained without reducing the light absorption effect.
 ここで、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解する部分構造について説明する。
 一価のヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(s)において、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造(s1)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解する部分構造に含まれないことが好ましい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射によって分解する部分構造としては、例えば、下記一般式(I)~(III)で表される部分構造が挙げられる。なお、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、一般式(I)ではS原子-S原子結合が開裂し、一般式(II)ではO原子-N原子結合が開裂し、一般式(III)ではO原子-N原子結合が開裂する。
Here, the partial structure which decomposes | disassembles by irradiation of actinic light or a radiation is demonstrated.
In the repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom, the partial structure (s1) having a monovalent iodine atom is preferably not included in the partial structure decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation.
Examples of the partial structure that decomposes upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation include partial structures represented by the following general formulas (I) to (III). In addition, upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, the S atom-S atom bond is cleaved in the general formula (I), the O atom-N atom bond is cleaved in the general formula (II), and the O atom in the general formula (III). The -N atom bond is cleaved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
 一般式(I)~(III)中、
 Ar及びArは、各々独立に、置換若しくは未置換のアリール基を表す。
 R206、R207及びR208は、置換若しくは未置換のアルキル基又は置換若しくは未置換のアリール基を表す。
 Aは、置換若しくは未置換のアルキレン基、置換若しくは未置換のアルケニレン基又は置換若しくは未置換のアリーレン基を表す。
In the general formulas (I) to (III),
Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represent a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
R 206 , R 207 and R 208 represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
A represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group.
 なお、一価のヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(s)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位であってもよい。すなわち、繰り返し単位(s)において、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造(s1)が、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる部分構造であることは排除されない。
 この場合、樹脂(A1)は、繰り返し単位(s)のみを有していればよく、上述した酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(a)を有していなくてもよい。換言すれば、この場合の樹脂(A1)においては、「活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を有する繰り返し単位」が「酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位」を兼ねる。
In addition, the repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom may be a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. That is, in the repeating unit (s), it is not excluded that the partial structure (s1) having a monovalent iodine atom is a partial structure that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group.
In this case, resin (A1) should just have only repeating unit (s), and does not need to have the repeating unit (a) which has the acid-decomposable group mentioned above. In other words, in the resin (A1) in this case, “a repeating unit having a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation” is decomposed by the action of an acid to be polar. It also serves as a “repeating unit having a group for generating a group”.
 このような繰り返し単位(s)としては、例えば、下記一般式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましく挙げられる。 Preferred examples of such a repeating unit (s) include a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1 ').
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
 一般式(1’)中、
 R11、R12及びR13は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R13はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、R13とArとが結合する場合、R13はアルキレン基を表す。
 Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、芳香環基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-SONH-、-SOO-、-NR-(Rは水素原子又はアルキル基)、2価の窒素含有非芳香族複素環基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる2価の連結基を表す。
 Arは、芳香環基を表す。
 RIは、ヨウ素原子又は少なくとも一つのヨウ素原子を含む有機基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (1 ′),
R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring. When R 13 and Ar 1 are bonded, R 13 represents an alkylene group.
X 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, —O—, —S—, —CO—, —COO—, —SO 2 NH—, —SO 2 O—, —NR— (R represents a hydrogen atom Or an alkyl group), a divalent nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic group, or a divalent linking group composed of a combination thereof.
Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group.
RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
 一般式(1’)において、R11~R13が表すアルキル基としては、好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基など炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、より好ましくは炭素数8以下のアルキル基、特に好ましくは炭素数3以下のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 アルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルキル基としては、上記R11~R13におけるアルキル基と同様のアルキル基が好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基としては、単環型でも、多環型でもよい。好ましくは置換基を有していてもよいシクロプロピル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基などの炭素数3~10個で単環型のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、ヨウ素原子を除くハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
In the general formula (1 ′), the alkyl group represented by R 11 to R 13 is preferably an optionally substituted methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec- Examples thereof include alkyl groups having 20 or less carbon atoms such as butyl group, hexyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, more preferably alkyl groups having 8 or less carbon atoms, particularly preferably alkyl groups having 3 or less carbon atoms. Can be mentioned.
The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same alkyl group as the alkyl group in R 11 to R 13 described above.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Preferred examples include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, and a cyclohexyl group, which may have a substituent.
As a halogen atom, the halogen atom except an iodine atom is mentioned, for example.
 R13がArと結合して環を形成する場合、アルキレン基としては、例えばメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基がより好ましい。 When R 13 is bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring, examples of the alkylene group include alkylene groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octylene group. An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 Xが表すアルキレン基としては、例えばメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基、ヘキシレン基、オクチレン基等の炭素数1~8のアルキレン基が挙げられ、炭素数1~4のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素数1~2のアルキレン基がより好ましい。 Examples of the alkylene group represented by X 1 include an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, and an octylene group. An alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is exemplified. An alkylene group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms is more preferable.
 Xが表す芳香環基は2価の芳香環基であり、例えば、1,4-フェニレン基、1,3-フェニレン基、1,2-フェニレン基、1,4-ナフチレン基などが挙げられ、1,4-フェニレン基が好ましい。 The aromatic ring group represented by X 1 is a divalent aromatic ring group, and examples thereof include a 1,4-phenylene group, a 1,3-phenylene group, a 1,2-phenylene group, and a 1,4-naphthylene group. 1,4-phenylene group is preferred.
 Xが表す-NR-におけるRが示すアルキル基としては、例えば、置換基を有していてもよいメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、ヘキシル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基などの炭素数20以下のアルキル基が挙げられ、炭素数8以下のアルキル基が好ましい。 Examples of the alkyl group represented by R in —NR— represented by X 1 include an optionally substituted methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, hexyl group. Group, an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms such as 2-ethylhexyl group, octyl group and dodecyl group, and an alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is preferable.
 Xが表す2価の窒素含有非芳香族複素環基としては、例えば、ピロール、ピロリジン、ピペリジン等の複素環から2個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が好適に挙げられる。 Preferable examples of the divalent nitrogen-containing non-aromatic heterocyclic group represented by X 1 include a group formed by removing two arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a heterocyclic ring such as pyrrole, pyrrolidine, piperidine and the like.
 これらのうち、Xとしては、単結合、-COO-、-NR-、これらの基の組み合わせからなる2価の連結基が好ましく、-COO-がより好ましい。 Of these, X 1 is preferably a single bond, —COO—, —NR—, or a divalent linking group composed of a combination of these groups, more preferably —COO—.
 Arが表す芳香環基は、(n+1)価の芳香環基である。
 nが1である場合における2価の芳香環基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、アントラセニレン基などの炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、または、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 nが2以上の整数である場合における(n+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 (n+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 (n+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子(ヨウ素原子を除く)、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等を挙げることができ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。
 Arが表す芳香環基としては、フェニレン基、ナフチレン基、これらの基から(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が好ましい。
The aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 is an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group.
Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group in the case where n is 1 include an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, and an anthracenylene group, or a thiophene, furan, pyrrole, Preferred examples include aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole and the like.
Specific examples of the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the divalent aromatic ring group. The group formed can be preferably mentioned.
The (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
Examples of the substituent that the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a halogen atom ( An iodine group), an alkoxy group, a thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and the like. The substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 is preferably a phenylene group, a naphthylene group, or a group obtained by removing (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from these groups.
 RIが表す少なくとも一つのヨウ素原子を含む有機基としては、例えば、2-ヨードエチル基、3-ヨードプロピル基などのヨードアルキル基が挙げられる。
 RIとしては、ヨウ素原子であるのが好ましい。
Examples of the organic group containing at least one iodine atom represented by RI include iodoalkyl groups such as 2-iodoethyl group and 3-iodopropyl group.
RI is preferably an iodine atom.
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが表す整数の上限値は、Arが表す芳香環基における置換可能な水素原子の個数に等しい。
 nとしては、より高感度となり、また、高解像性になるという理由から、2以上の整数が好ましく、3以上の整数がより好ましい。
n represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of the integer represented by n is equal to the number of substitutable hydrogen atoms in the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 1 .
n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 3 or more, because of higher sensitivity and higher resolution.
 以下に、一価のヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(s)の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
 樹脂(A1)において、上記繰り返し単位(s)は、1種類だけが使用されてもよく、2種以上が使用されてもよい。
 樹脂(A1)における上記繰り返し単位(s)の含有量(複数種類含有する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して0.1~80モル%が好ましく、0.1~50モル%がより好ましく、1~30モル%が更に好ましい。
In the resin (A1), only one type of the repeating unit (s) may be used, or two or more types may be used.
The content of the repeating unit (s) in the resin (A1) (the total when plural types are contained) is preferably 0.1 to 80 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (A1). 1 to 50 mol% is more preferable, and 1 to 30 mol% is still more preferable.
<樹脂(A1)>
 組成物(i)が含有する樹脂(A1)は、1種類単独で、又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用できる。(A1)の含有率は、組成物(i)中の全固形分を基準にして、25~99質量%が好ましく、30~99質量%がより好ましく、40~99質量%が更に好ましい。
<Resin (A1)>
Resin (A1) which composition (i) contains can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The content of (A1) is preferably from 25 to 99 mass%, more preferably from 30 to 99 mass%, still more preferably from 40 to 99 mass%, based on the total solid content in the composition (i).
<(AD)一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物>
 次に、組成物(ii)が含有する一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)について説明する。化合物(AD)としては、例えば、(AD1)一価のヨウ素原子を有する樹脂(以下「樹脂(AD1)」ともいう)、及び、(AD2)一価のヨウ素原子を有する低分子化合物(以下「低分子化合物(AD2)」ともいう)が好適に挙げられる。
<(AD) Compound having monovalent iodine atom>
Next, the compound (AD) having a monovalent iodine atom contained in the composition (ii) will be described. Examples of the compound (AD) include (AD1) a resin having a monovalent iodine atom (hereinafter also referred to as “resin (AD1)”) and (AD2) a low molecular compound having a monovalent iodine atom (hereinafter “ Preferable examples include low molecular weight compound (AD2) ”.
<(AD1)一価のヨウ素原子を有する樹脂>
 組成物(ii)が含有する一価のヨウ素原子を有する樹脂(AD1)としては、例えば、上述した一価のヨウ素原子を有する繰り返し単位(s)を有し、かつ、上述した(a)酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有さない樹脂が好適に挙げられる。
 樹脂(AD1)における上記繰り返し単位(s)の含有量(複数種類含有する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(AD1)中の全繰り返し単位に対して5~100モル%が好ましく、10~100モル%がより好ましく、20~100モル%が更に好ましい。
 また、樹脂(AD1)は、樹脂(A)が有してもよい繰り返し単位として記載したものと同様の繰り返し単位を有してもよく、樹脂(AD1)におけるこれら繰り返し単位の含有量も、樹脂(A)と同様である。
 組成物(ii)において、樹脂(AD1)は、1種類単独で、又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用できる。樹脂(AD1)の含有率は、組成物(ii)中の全固形分を基準にして、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.1~30質量%がより好ましく、1~10質量%が更に好ましい。
<(AD1) resin having monovalent iodine atom>
Examples of the resin (AD1) having a monovalent iodine atom contained in the composition (ii) include the above-described repeating unit (s) having a monovalent iodine atom and the above-mentioned (a) acid. A resin not having a repeating unit having a degradable group is preferable.
The content of the repeating unit (s) in the resin (AD1) (when there are a plurality of types) is preferably 5 to 100 mol% with respect to all the repeating units in the resin (AD1), preferably 10 to 100 mol. % Is more preferable, and 20 to 100 mol% is still more preferable.
The resin (AD1) may have the same repeating units as those described as the repeating unit that the resin (A) may have, and the content of these repeating units in the resin (AD1) Same as (A).
In the composition (ii), the resin (AD1) can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The content of the resin (AD1) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, based on the total solid content in the composition (ii). Is more preferable.
<(AD2)一価のヨウ素原子を有する低分子化合物>
 一価のヨウ素原子を有する低分子化合物(AD2)としては、例えば、一価のヨウ素原子を有する分子量3000未満の化合物が挙げられ、分子量2000未満の化合物が好ましく、分子量1500未満の化合物がより好ましく、分子量1000未満の化合物が更に好ましい。一価のヨウ素原子を有する低分子化合物(AD2)としては、例えば、下記一般式(2’)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
<(AD2) Low molecular weight compound having a monovalent iodine atom>
Examples of the low molecular weight compound (AD2) having a monovalent iodine atom include a compound having a monovalent iodine atom and a molecular weight of less than 3000, preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 2000, and more preferably a compound having a molecular weight of less than 1500. More preferred are compounds having a molecular weight of less than 1000. As a low molecular compound (AD2) which has a monovalent iodine atom, the compound represented by the following general formula (2 ') is mentioned, for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
 一般式(2’)中、
 Arは、n価の芳香環基を表す。
 RIは、ヨウ素原子又は少なくとも一つのヨウ素原子を含む有機基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。
In general formula (2 ′),
Ar 2 represents an n-valent aromatic ring group.
RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
n represents an integer of 1 or more.
 Arが表す芳香環基は、n価の芳香環基である。
 nが1である場合における1価の芳香環基としては、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基、アントラセニル基、ビフェニル基、スチルベニル基などの炭素数6~18のアリール基、または、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール、ベンゾチオフェン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾピロール、トリアジン、イミダゾール、ベンゾイミダゾール、トリアゾール、チアジアゾール、チアゾール、トリフェニルアミン等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基を好ましい例として挙げることができる。
 nが2以上の整数である場合におけるn価の芳香環基の具体例としては、1価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(n-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基を好適に挙げることができる。
 n価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 n価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アミノ基、アミド基、ウレイド基、ウレタン基、ヒドロキシル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子(ヨウ素原子を除く)、アルコキシ基、チオエーテル基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基等を挙げることができ、置換基の炭素数は8以下が好ましい。
The aromatic ring group represented by Ar 2 is an n-valent aromatic ring group.
Examples of the monovalent aromatic ring group when n is 1 include an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthracenyl group, a biphenyl group, and a stilbenyl group, or, for example, Preferred examples include aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, thiazole, triphenylamine.
Specific examples of the n-valent aromatic ring group in the case where n is an integer of 2 or more include (n-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-described specific examples of the monovalent aromatic ring group. The group which can be mentioned can be mentioned suitably.
The n-valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
Examples of the substituent that the n-valent aromatic ring group may have include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amide group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, and a halogen atom (iodine atom). ), An alkoxy group, a thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and the like. The substituent preferably has 8 or less carbon atoms.
 RIが表す少なくとも一つのヨウ素原子を含む有機基としては、例えば、2-ヨードエチル基、3-ヨードプロピル基などのヨードアルキル基が挙げられる。
 RIとしては、ヨウ素原子であるのが好ましい。
Examples of the organic group containing at least one iodine atom represented by RI include iodoalkyl groups such as 2-iodoethyl group and 3-iodopropyl group.
RI is preferably an iodine atom.
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが表す整数の上限値は、Arが表す芳香環基における置換可能な水素原子の個数に等しい。
 nとしては、2以上の整数が好ましく、3以上の整数がより好ましい。
n represents an integer of 1 or more. the upper limit value of the integer represented by n is equal to the number of replaceable hydrogen atoms in the aromatic ring group represented by Ar 2.
n is preferably an integer of 2 or more, and more preferably an integer of 3 or more.
 以下に、低分子化合物(AD2)の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the low molecular weight compound (AD2) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
 組成物(ii)において、低分子化合物(AD2)は、1種類単独で、又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用できる。
 組成物(ii)における低分子化合物(AD2)の含有率は、組成物(ii)中の全固形分を基準にして、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、0.1~30質量%がより好ましく、1~10質量%が更に好ましい。
In the composition (ii), the low molecular compound (AD2) can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the low molecular weight compound (AD2) in the composition (ii) is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, and preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content in the composition (ii). More preferred is 1 to 10% by mass.
<共通成分>
 次に、本発明の組成物(組成物(i)および組成物(ii))が、共通して、含有できる成分について説明する。
<Common ingredients>
Next, components that can be commonly contained in the composition of the present invention (composition (i) and composition (ii)) will be described.
[1](B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物
 本発明の組成物は、通常、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(以下、「酸発生剤」「酸を発生する化合物(B)」ともいう。)を含有することが好ましい。
 酸発生剤としては、公知の酸発生剤であれば特に限定されないが、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、有機酸、例えば、スルホン酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド、又はトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドの少なくともいずれかを発生する化合物が好ましい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)は、低分子化合物の形態であっても良く、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であっても良い。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用しても良い。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量が3000以下であることが好ましく、2000以下であることがより好ましく、1000以下であることが更に好ましい。
 活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、前述した樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれ、前記樹脂(A)を構成しても良く、あるいは、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれても良い。
 より好ましくは下記一般式(ZI)、(ZII)、(ZIII)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。
[1] (B) Compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation Usually, the composition of the present invention comprises a compound that generates acid upon irradiation with actinic ray or radiation (hereinafter referred to as “acid generator”, “acid”). It is also preferable to contain the generated compound (B) ”.
The acid generator is not particularly limited as long as it is a known acid generator, but upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, an organic acid such as sulfonic acid, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide, or tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide is used. Compounds that generate at least either are preferred.
The compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation may be in the form of a low molecular compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in the form of a low molecular compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and 1000 or less. Is more preferable.
When the compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation is in a form incorporated in a part of the polymer, the resin (A) is incorporated into a part of the resin (A) described above. You may comprise, You may incorporate in resin different from resin (A).
More preferred examples include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZI), (ZII), and (ZIII).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
 上記一般式(ZI)において、
 R201、R202及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、一般的に1~30、好ましくは1~20である。
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル結合、アミド結合、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)を挙げることができる。
 Zは、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)を表す。
In the general formula (ZI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represents an organic group.
The organic group as R 201 , R 202 and R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amide bond, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two members out of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (eg, butylene group, pentylene group).
Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion having an extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、カンファースルホン酸アニオンなど)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンなど)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等を挙げられる。 Non-nucleophilic anions include, for example, sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphor sulfonate anions, etc.), carboxylate anions (aliphatic carboxylate anions, aromatic carboxylate anions, aralkyls). Carboxylate anion, etc.), sulfonylimide anion, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion, tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion and the like.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、好ましくは炭素数1~30の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基及び炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。 The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonate anion and aliphatic carboxylate anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms and a carbon number. Examples include 3 to 30 cycloalkyl groups.
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香族基としては、好ましくは炭素数6~14のアリール基、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aromatic group in the aromatic sulfonate anion and aromatic carboxylate anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この具体例としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)、アルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20)、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数10~20)、アルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数5~20)、シクロアルキルアルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数8~20)等を挙げることができる。各基が有するアリール基及び環構造については、置換基として更にアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group and aryl group mentioned above may have a substituent. Specific examples thereof include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7), an alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having carbon atoms) Number 6 to 20), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms), cycloalkylary Examples thereof include an oxysulfonyl group (preferably having 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 5 to 20 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably having 8 to 20 carbon atoms), and the like. . Regarding the aryl group and ring structure of each group, examples of the substituent further include an alkyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 15).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数7~12のアラルキル基、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、ナフチルブチル基等を挙げることができる。 As the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylate anion, preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms such as benzyl group, phenethyl group, naphthylmethyl group, naphthylethyl group, naphthylbutyl group and the like can be mentioned.
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンを挙げることができる。 Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としてはハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基等を挙げることができ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。これにより、酸強度が増加する。
The alkyl group in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and the like. A fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferred.
The alkyl groups in the bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. This increases the acid strength.
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、弗素化燐(例えば、PF )、弗素化硼素(例えば、BF )、弗素化アンチモン(例えば、SbF )等を挙げることができる。 Examples of other non-nucleophilic anions include fluorinated phosphorus (eg, PF 6 ), fluorinated boron (eg, BF 4 ), fluorinated antimony (eg, SbF 6 ), and the like. .
 非求核性アニオンとしては、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。非求核性アニオンとして、より好ましくはパーフルオロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン(更に好ましくは炭素数4~8)、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、更により好ましくはノナフルオロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフルオロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフルオロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンである。 Examples of the non-nucleophilic anion include an aliphatic sulfonate anion in which at least α-position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonate anion substituted with a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom, and an alkyl group having a fluorine atom And a tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anion in which the alkyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom. The non-nucleophilic anion is more preferably a perfluoroaliphatic sulfonate anion (more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms), a benzenesulfonate anion having a fluorine atom, still more preferably a nonafluorobutanesulfonate anion, perfluoro An octane sulfonate anion, a pentafluorobenzene sulfonate anion, and a 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzene sulfonate anion.
 酸強度の観点からは、発生酸のpKaが-1以下であることが、感度向上のために好ましい。 From the viewpoint of acid strength, the pKa of the generated acid is preferably −1 or less in order to improve sensitivity.
 また、非求核性アニオンとしては、以下の一般式(AN1)で表されるアニオンも好ましい態様として挙げられる。 Also, as the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) can be mentioned as a preferred embodiment.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
 式中、
 Xfは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、又は少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 R、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表し、複数存在する場合のR、Rは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Lは、二価の連結基を表し、複数存在する場合のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Aは、環状の有機基を表す。
 xは1~20の整数を表し、yは0~10の整数を表し、zは0~10の整数を表す。
Where
Xf each independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of R 1 and R 2 , they may be the same or different.
L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
A represents a cyclic organic group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 20, y represents an integer of 0 to 10, and z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一般式(AN1)について、更に詳細に説明する。
 Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基としては、好ましくは炭素数1~10であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~4である。また、Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 Xfとして好ましくは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。Xfの具体的としては、フッ素原子、CF、C、C、C、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCHが挙げられ、中でもフッ素原子、CFが好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であることが好ましい。
The general formula (AN1) will be described in more detail.
The alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom of Xf preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of Xf include fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 may be mentioned, among which a fluorine atom and CF 3 are preferable. In particular, it is preferable that both Xf are fluorine atoms.
 R、Rのアルキル基は、置換基(好ましくはフッ素原子)を有していてもよく、炭素数1~4のものが好ましい。更に好ましくは炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基である。R、Rの置換基を有するアルキル基の具体例としては、CF、C、C、C、C11、C13、C15、C17、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCHが挙げられ、中でもCFが好ましい。
 R、Rとしては、好ましくはフッ素原子又はCFである。
The alkyl group of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and preferably has 1 to 4 carbon atoms. More preferred is a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specific examples of the alkyl group having a substituent for R 1 and R 2 include CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , and C 7 F 15. , C 8 F 17, CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 CH 2 CF 3, CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5, CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7, CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 can be mentioned, among which CF 3 is preferable.
R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3 .
 xは1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 yは0~4が好ましく、0がより好ましい。
 zは0~5が好ましく、0~3がより好ましい。
 Lの2価の連結基としては特に限定されず、―COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-、-S―、-SO―、―SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基又はこれらの複数が連結した連結基などを挙げることができ、総炭素数12以下の連結基が好ましい。このなかでも―COO-、-OCO-、-CO-、-O-が好ましく、―COO-、-OCO-がより好ましい。
x is preferably from 1 to 10, and more preferably from 1 to 5.
y is preferably 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
z is preferably 0 to 5, and more preferably 0 to 3.
The divalent linking group of L is not particularly limited, and is —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, An alkenylene group or a linking group in which a plurality of these groups are linked can be exemplified, and a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferred. Of these, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, and —O— are preferable, and —COO— and —OCO— are more preferable.
 Aの環状の有機基としては、環状構造を有するものであれば特に限定されず、脂環基、アリール基、複素環基(芳香族性を有するものだけでなく、芳香族性を有さないものも含む)等が挙げられる。
 脂環基としては、単環でも多環でもよく、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロオクチル基などの単環のシクロアルキル基、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基などの多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、アダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が、露光後加熱工程での膜中拡散性を抑制でき、MEEF向上の観点から好ましい。
 アリール基としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナンスレン環、アントラセン環が挙げられる。
 複素環基としては、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、ピリジン環由来のものが挙げられる。中でもフラン環、チオフェン環、ピリジン環由来のものが好ましい。
The cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and is not limited to alicyclic groups, aryl groups, and heterocyclic groups (not only those having aromaticity but also aromaticity). And the like).
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and may be a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a cyclooctyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecane group. A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as a nyl group and an adamantyl group is preferred. Among them, an alicyclic group having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, an adamantyl group, or the like is present in the film in the post-exposure heating step. Diffusivity can be suppressed, which is preferable from the viewpoint of improving MEEF.
Examples of the aryl group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, and an anthracene ring.
Examples of the heterocyclic group include those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, and a pyridine ring. Of these, those derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring and a pyridine ring are preferred.
 また、環状の有機基としては、ラクトン構造も挙げることができ、具体例としては、前述の樹脂(A)が有していてもよい一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-17)で表されるラクトン構造を挙げることができる。 In addition, examples of the cyclic organic group may include a lactone structure, and specific examples include those represented by the general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) that may be included in the resin (A). Can be mentioned.
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよく、該置換基としては、アルキル基(直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれであっても良く、炭素数1~12が好ましい)、シクロアルキル基(単環、多環、スピロ環のいずれであっても良く、炭素数3~20が好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~14が好ましい)、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、スルホン酸エステル基等が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であっても良い。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (which may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), cyclo Alkyl group (which may be monocyclic, polycyclic or spiro ring, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), hydroxy group, alkoxy group, ester group, amide Group, urethane group, ureido group, thioether group, sulfonamide group, sulfonic acid ester group and the like. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon contributing to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 R201、R202及びR203の有機基としては、アリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基などが挙げられる。
 R201、R202及びR203のうち、少なくとも1つがアリール基であることが好ましく、三つ全てがアリール基であることがより好ましい。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などの他に、インドール残基、ピロール残基などのヘテロアリール基も可能である。R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、好ましくは、炭素数1~10の直鎖又は分岐アルキル基、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基を挙げることができる。アルキル基として、より好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基、n-ブチル基等を挙げることができる。シクロアルキル基として、より好ましくは、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロへプチル基等を挙げることができる。これらの基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。その置換基としては、ニトロ基、フッ素原子などのハロゲン原子、カルボキシル基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
Examples of the organic group for R 201 , R 202, and R 203 include an aryl group, an alkyl group, and a cycloalkyl group.
Of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 , at least one is preferably an aryl group, more preferably all three are aryl groups. As the aryl group, in addition to a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and the like, a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue and a pyrrole residue can be used. Preferred examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 include a straight-chain or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. More preferable examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, and an n-butyl group. More preferable examples of the cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cycloheptyl group. These groups may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include nitro groups, halogen atoms such as fluorine atoms, carboxyl groups, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, cyano groups, alkoxy groups (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms). ), An aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), an acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms). 7) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成する場合、以下の一般式(A1)で表される構造であることが好ましい。 Further, when two of R 201 to R 203 are combined to form a ring structure, the structure represented by the following general formula (A1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
 一般式(A1)中、
 R1a~R13aは、各々独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 R1a~R13aのうち、1~3つが置換基であることが好ましく、R9a~R13aのいずれか1つが置換基であることがより好ましい。
 Zaは、単結合又は2価の連結基である。
 Xは、一般式(ZI)におけるZと同義である。
In general formula (A1),
R 1a to R 13a each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Of R 1a to R 13a , 1 to 3 are preferably substituents, and any one of R 9a to R 13a is more preferably a substituent.
Za is a single bond or a divalent linking group.
X has the same meaning as Z in formula (ZI).
 R1a~R13aが置換基である場合の置換基の具体例としては、ハロゲン原子、直鎖、分岐、環状のアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、複素環基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基(アニリノ基を含む)、アンモニオ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル及びアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、アルキル及びアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル及びアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、アリール及びヘテロ環アゾ基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、ホスホノ基、シリル基、ヒドラジノ基、ウレイド基、ボロン酸基(-B(OH))、ホスファト基(-OPO(OH))、スルファト基(-OSOH)、その他の公知の置換基が例として挙げられる。
 R1a~R13aが置換基である場合、水酸基で置換された直鎖、分岐、環状のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
Specific examples of the substituent when R 1a to R 13a are substituents include a halogen atom, a linear, branched, and cyclic alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, and a nitro group. Group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group (including anilino group), ammonio group, Acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl and arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo Group Kill and arylsulfinyl groups, alkyl and arylsulfonyl groups, acyl groups, aryloxycarbonyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, carbamoyl groups, aryl and heterocyclic azo groups, imide groups, phosphino groups, phosphinyl groups, phosphinyloxy groups, phosphine groups Finylamino group, phosphono group, silyl group, hydrazino group, ureido group, boronic acid group (—B (OH) 2 ), phosphato group (—OPO (OH) 2 ), sulfato group (—OSO 3 H), others Examples of known substituents are as follows.
When R 1a to R 13a are substituents, it is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group.
 Zaの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、カルボニル基、スルホニル基、カルボニルオキシ基、カルボニルアミノ基、スルホニルアミド基、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、アミノ基、ジスルフィド基、-(CH-CO-、-(CH-SO-、-CH=CH-、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アミノスルホニルアミノ基等が挙げられる(nは1~3の整数)。 Examples of the divalent linking group for Za include an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylamino group, a sulfonylamide group, an ether bond, a thioether bond, an amino group, a disulfide group, and — (CH 2 ) N —CO—, — (CH 2 ) n —SO 2 —, —CH═CH—, aminocarbonylamino group, aminosulfonylamino group and the like (n is an integer of 1 to 3).
 なお、R201、R202及びR203のうち、少なくとも1つがアリール基以外の有機基である場合の好ましい構造としては、特開2004-233661号公報の段落0046~0048、特開2003-35948号公報の段落0040~0046、米国特許出願公開第2003/0224288A1号明細書に式(I-1)~(I-70)として例示されている化合物、米国特許出願公開第2003/0077540A1号明細書に式(IA-1)~(IA-54)、式(IB-1)~(IB-24)として例示されている化合物等のカチオン構造を挙げることができる。 Preferred structures when at least one of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is an organic group other than an aryl group include paragraphs 0046 to 0048 of JP-A No. 2004-233661 and JP-A No. 2003-35948. The compounds exemplified as formulas (I-1) to (I-70) in paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of the publication, US 2003/0224288 A1, and US 2003/0077540 A1 Mention may be made, for example, of cation structures such as compounds exemplified as formulas (IA-1) to (IA-54) and formulas (IB-1) to (IB-24).
 一般式(ZII)、(ZIII)中、
 R204~R207は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
In general formulas (ZII) and (ZIII),
R 204 to R 207 each independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基としては、前述の化合物(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基として説明したアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基と同様である。
 R204~R207のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としても、前述の化合物(ZI)におけるR201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよいものが挙げられる。
Examples of the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 204 to R 207 include the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group described as the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI). It is the same as the alkyl group.
The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 to R 207 may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include those that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 in the aforementioned compound (ZI) may have.
 Zは、非求核性アニオンを表し、一般式(ZI)に於けるZの非求核性アニオンと同様のものを挙げることができる。 Z represents a non-nucleophilic anion, and examples thereof include the same as the non-nucleophilic anion of Z − in formula (ZI).
 酸発生剤として、更に、下記一般式(ZIV)、(ZV)、(ZVI)で表される化合物も挙げられる。 Examples of the acid generator further include compounds represented by the following general formulas (ZIV), (ZV), and (ZVI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
 一般式(ZIV)~(ZVI)中、
 Ar及びArは、各々独立に、アリール基を表す。
 R208、R209及びR210は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 Aは、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基又はアリーレン基を表す。
 Ar、Ar、R208、R209及びR210のアリール基の具体例としては、上記一般式(ZI)におけるR201、R202及びR203としてのアリール基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 R208、R209及びR210のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例としては、それぞれ、上記一般式(ZI)におけるR201、R202及びR203としてのアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基の具体例と同様のものを挙げることができる。
 Aのアルキレン基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基(例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、ブチレン基、イソブチレン基など)を、Aのアルケニレン基としては、炭素数2~12のアルケニレン基(例えば、エテニレン基、プロペニレン基、ブテニレン基など)を、Aのアリーレン基としては、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基(例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基など)を、それぞれ挙げることができる。
In the general formulas (ZIV) to (ZVI),
Ar 3 and Ar 4 each independently represents an aryl group.
R 208 , R 209 and R 210 each independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
A represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an arylene group.
Specific examples of the aryl group represented by Ar 3 , Ar 4 , R 208 , R 209, and R 210 are the same as the specific examples of the aryl group represented by R 201 , R 202, and R 203 in the general formula (ZI). Can be mentioned.
Specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 208 , R 209 and R 210 include specific examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 in the general formula (ZI), respectively. The same can be mentioned.
The alkylene group of A is an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (for example, methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, isopropylene group, butylene group, isobutylene group, etc.), and the alkenylene group of A is 2 carbon atoms. To 12 alkenylene groups (eg, ethenylene group, propenylene group, butenylene group, etc.), and as the arylene group of A, arylene groups having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, etc.) Each can be mentioned.
 酸発生剤の中で、特に好ましい例を以下に挙げる。 Among acid generators, particularly preferred examples are given below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
 本発明においては、上記酸を発生する化合物(B)は、露光で発生した酸の非露光部への拡散を抑制し解像性を良好にする観点から、活性光線又は放射線の照射により、体積240Å以上の大きさの酸を発生する化合物であることが好ましく、体積300Å以上の大きさの酸を発生する化合物であることがより好ましく、体積350Å以上の大きさの酸を発生する化合物であることが更に好ましく、体積400Å以上の大きさの酸を発生する化合物であることが特に好ましい。ただし、感度や塗布溶剤溶解性の観点から、上記体積は、2000Å以下であることが好ましく、1500Å以下であることが更に好ましい。上記体積の値は、富士通株式会社製の「WinMOPAC」を用いて求めた。すなわち、まず、各例に係る酸の化学構造を入力し、次に、この構造を初期構造としてMM3法を用いた分子力場計算により、各酸の最安定立体配座を決定し、その後、これら最安定立体配座についてPM3法を用いた分子軌道計算を行うことにより、各酸の「accessible volume」を計算することができる。
 以下に本発明において、特に好ましい酸発生剤を以下に例示する。なお、例の一部には、体積の計算値を付記している(単位Å)。なお、ここで求めた計算値は、アニオン部にプロトンが結合した酸の体積値である。
In the present invention, the compound (B) that generates the acid has a volume by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusion of the acid generated by exposure to the non-exposed portion and improving the resolution. preferably 240 Å 3 or more of a size acid compound that generates the, more preferably a compound capable of generating an acid volume of 300 Å 3 or more dimensions, generating an acid volume of 350 Å 3 or more dimensions More preferably, the compound is a compound that generates an acid having a volume of 400 3 or more. However, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and coating solvent solubility, the volume is preferably 2000 3 or less, and more preferably 1500 3 or less. The volume value was determined using “WinMOPAC” manufactured by Fujitsu Limited. That is, first, the chemical structure of the acid according to each example is input, and then the most stable conformation of each acid is determined by molecular force field calculation using the MM3 method with this structure as the initial structure. By performing molecular orbital calculation using the PM3 method for these most stable conformations, the “accessible volume” of each acid can be calculated.
In the present invention, particularly preferred acid generators are exemplified below. In addition, the calculated value of the volume is appended to a part of the example (unit 3 3 ). In addition, the calculated value calculated | required here is a volume value of the acid which the proton couple | bonded with the anion part.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
 酸発生剤は、1種類単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
 酸発生剤の組成物中の含有率は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~50質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.5~40質量%、更に好ましくは1~30質量%である。
An acid generator can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the acid generator in the composition is preferably 0.1 to 50% by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 40% by mass, and further preferably 1 to 30% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. %.
[2](C)レジスト溶剤(塗布溶媒)
 組成物を調製する際に使用できる溶剤としては、各成分を溶解する溶剤である限り特に限定されないが、例えば、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA;別名1-メトキシ-2-アセトキシプロパン)など)、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル(プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME;1-メトキシ-2-プロパノール)など)、乳酸アルキルエステル(乳酸エチル、乳酸メチルなど)、環状ラクトン(γ-ブチロラクトンなど、好ましくは炭素数4~10)、鎖状又は環状のケトン(2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノンなど、好ましくは炭素数4~10)、アルキレンカーボネート(エチレンカーボネート、プロピレンカーボネートなど)、カルボン酸アルキル(酢酸ブチルなどの酢酸アルキルが好ましい)、アルコキシ酢酸アルキル(エトキシプロピオン酸エチル)などが挙げられる。その他使用可能な溶媒として、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425A1号明細書の<0244>以降に記載されている溶剤などが挙げられる。
[2] (C) Resist solvent (coating solvent)
The solvent that can be used in preparing the composition is not particularly limited as long as it is a solvent that dissolves each component. For example, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA; also known as 1-methoxy- 2-acetoxypropane)), alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether (propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME; 1-methoxy-2-propanol), etc.), lactate alkyl ester (ethyl lactate, methyl lactate, etc.), cyclic lactone (γ-butyrolactone) Preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms, chain or cyclic ketone (2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, etc., preferably 4 to 10 carbon atoms), alkylene carbonate (ethylene carbonate, propylene, etc.) Boneto etc.), alkyl acetate such as carboxylic acid alkyl (butyl acetate is preferred), and the like alkoxy alkyl acetates (ethyl ethoxypropionate). Other usable solvents include, for example, the solvents described in <2008> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008 / 0248425A1.
 上記のうち、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート及びアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルが好ましい。 Of the above, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.
 これら溶媒は、単独で用いても2種以上を混合して用いてもよい。2種以上を混合する場合、水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有しない溶剤とを混合することが好ましい。水酸基を有する溶剤と水酸基を有しない溶剤との質量比は、1/99~99/1、好ましくは10/90~90/10、更に好ましくは20/80~60/40である。
 水酸基を有する溶剤としてはアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルが好ましく、水酸基を有しない溶剤としてはアルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレートが好ましい。
These solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When mixing 2 or more types, it is preferable to mix the solvent which has a hydroxyl group, and the solvent which does not have a hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 60/40.
The solvent having a hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether, and the solvent having no hydroxyl group is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate.
[3]塩基性化合物
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、塩基性化合物を更に含んでいてもよい。塩基性化合物は、好ましくは、フェノールと比較して塩基性がより強い化合物である。また、この塩基性化合物は、有機塩基性化合物であることが好ましく、含窒素塩基性化合物であることが更に好ましい。
[3] Basic compound The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further contain a basic compound. The basic compound is preferably a compound having a stronger basicity than phenol. Moreover, this basic compound is preferably an organic basic compound, and more preferably a nitrogen-containing basic compound.
 使用可能な含窒素塩基性化合物は特に限定されないが、例えば、以下の(1)~(7)に分類される化合物を用いることができ、なかでも、後述する(4)アンモニウム塩が好ましい。 Although the nitrogen-containing basic compound that can be used is not particularly limited, for example, compounds classified into the following (1) to (7) can be used, and among them, (4) ammonium salt described later is preferable.
 (1)一般式(BS-1)により表される化合物 (1) Compound represented by general formula (BS-1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
 一般式(BS-1)中、
 Rは、各々独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。但し、3つのRのうち少なくとも1つは有機基である。この有機基は、直鎖若しくは分岐鎖のアルキル基、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキル基、アリール基又はアラルキル基である。
 前記一般式(BS-1)により表される化合物についての説明(各基の説明、一般式(BS-1)により表される化合物の具体例等)としては、特開2013-015572号公報段落0471~0481の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
In general formula (BS-1),
Each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. However, at least one of the three Rs is an organic group. This organic group is a linear or branched alkyl group, a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or an aralkyl group.
Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1) (description of each group, specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (BS-1), etc.) include paragraphs of JP2013-015572A Reference can be made to the descriptions of 0471-0481, the contents of which are incorporated herein.
 (2)含窒素複素環構造を有する化合物
 この含窒素複素環は、芳香族性を有していてもよく、芳香族性を有していなくてもよい。また、窒素原子を複数有していてもよい。更に、窒素以外のヘテロ原子を含有していてもよい。具体的には、例えば、イミダゾール構造を有する化合物(2-フェニルベンゾイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾールなど)、ピペリジン構造を有する化合物〔N-ヒドロキシエチルピペリジン及びビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケートなど〕、ピリジン構造を有する化合物(4-ジメチルアミノピリジンなど)、並びにアンチピリン構造を有する化合物(アンチピリン及びヒドロキシアンチピリンなど)が挙げられる。
 好ましい含窒素複素環構造を有する化合物の例としては、例えば、グアニジン、アミノピリジン、アミノアルキルピリジン、アミノピロリジン、インダゾール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、ピラジン、ピリミジン、プリン、イミダゾリン、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルフォリン及びアミノアルキルモルフォリンが挙げられる。これらは、置換基を更に有していてもよい。
(2) Compound having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure This nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring may have aromaticity or may not have aromaticity. Moreover, you may have two or more nitrogen atoms. Furthermore, you may contain hetero atoms other than nitrogen. Specifically, for example, compounds having an imidazole structure (2-phenylbenzimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, etc.), compounds having a piperidine structure [N-hydroxyethylpiperidine and bis (1,2,2) , 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate], compounds having a pyridine structure (such as 4-dimethylaminopyridine), and compounds having an antipyrine structure (such as antipyrine and hydroxyantipyrine).
Examples of compounds having a preferred nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include, for example, guanidine, aminopyridine, aminoalkylpyridine, aminopyrrolidine, indazole, imidazole, pyrazole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, purine, imidazoline, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine and Aminoalkylmorpholine is mentioned. These may further have a substituent.
 好ましい置換基としては、例えば、アミノ基、アミノアルキル基、アルキルアミノ基、アミノアリール基、アリールアミノ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アシル基、アシロキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ニトロ基、水酸基及びシアノ基が挙げられる。 Preferred substituents include, for example, amino group, aminoalkyl group, alkylamino group, aminoaryl group, arylamino group, alkyl group, alkoxy group, acyl group, acyloxy group, aryl group, aryloxy group, nitro group, hydroxyl group And a cyano group.
 特に好ましい含窒素複素環構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、イミダゾール、2-メチルイミダゾール、4-メチルイミダゾール、N-メチルイミダゾール、2-フェニルイミダゾール、4,5-ジフェニルイミダゾール、2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、2-アミノピリジン、3-アミノピリジン、4-アミノピリジン、2-ジメチルアミノピリジン、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン、2-ジエチルアミノピリジン、2-(アミノメチル)ピリジン、2-アミノ-3-メチルピリジン、2-アミノ-4-メチルピリジン、2-アミノ-5-メチルピリジン、2-アミノ-6-メチルピリジン、3-アミノエチルピリジン、4-アミノエチルピリジン、3-アミノピロリジン、ピペラジン、N-(2-アミノエチル)ピペラジン、N-(2-アミノエチル)ピペリジン、4-アミノ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン、4-ピペリジノピペリジン、2-イミノピペリジン、1-(2-アミノエチル)ピロリジン、ピラゾール、3-アミノ-5-メチルピラゾール、5-アミノ-3-メチル-1-p-トリルピラゾール、ピラジン、2-(アミノメチル)-5-メチルピラジン、ピリミジン、2,4-ジアミノピリミジン、4,6-ジヒドロキシピリミジン、2-ピラゾリン、3-ピラゾリン、N-アミノモルフォリン及びN-(2-アミノエチル)モルフォリンが挙げられる。 Particularly preferred compounds having a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic structure include, for example, imidazole, 2-methylimidazole, 4-methylimidazole, N-methylimidazole, 2-phenylimidazole, 4,5-diphenylimidazole, 2,4,5- Triphenylimidazole, 2-aminopyridine, 3-aminopyridine, 4-aminopyridine, 2-dimethylaminopyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, 2-diethylaminopyridine, 2- (aminomethyl) pyridine, 2-amino-3- Methylpyridine, 2-amino-4-methylpyridine, 2-amino-5-methylpyridine, 2-amino-6-methylpyridine, 3-aminoethylpyridine, 4-aminoethylpyridine, 3-aminopyrrolidine, piperazine, N -(2-Aminoethyl) piperazine N- (2-aminoethyl) piperidine, 4-amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 4-piperidinopiperidine, 2-iminopiperidine, 1- (2-aminoethyl) pyrrolidine, pyrazole, 3-amino-5-methylpyrazole, 5-amino-3-methyl-1-p-tolylpyrazole, pyrazine, 2- (aminomethyl) -5-methylpyrazine, pyrimidine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 4,6 -Dihydroxypyrimidine, 2-pyrazoline, 3-pyrazoline, N-aminomorpholine and N- (2-aminoethyl) morpholine.
 また、環構造を2つ以上有する化合物も好適に用いられる。具体的には、例えば、1,5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナ-5-エン及び1,8-ジアザビシクロ〔5.4.0〕-ウンデカ-7-エンが挙げられる。 A compound having two or more ring structures is also preferably used. Specific examples include 1,5-diazabicyclo [4.3.0] non-5-ene and 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] -undec-7-ene.
 (3)フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物
 フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物とは、アミン化合物が含んでいるアルキル基のN原子と反対側の末端にフェノキシ基を備えた化合物である。フェノキシ基は、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、カルボン酸エステル基、スルホン酸エステル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アシロキシ基及びアリールオキシ基等の置換基を有していてもよい。
(3) Amine compound having a phenoxy group An amine compound having a phenoxy group is a compound having a phenoxy group at the terminal opposite to the N atom of the alkyl group contained in the amine compound. The phenoxy group is, for example, a substituent such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, and an aryloxy group. You may have.
 この化合物は、より好ましくは、フェノキシ基と窒素原子との間に、少なくとも1つのオキシアルキレン鎖を有している。1分子中のオキシアルキレン鎖の数は、好ましくは3~9個、更に好ましくは4~6個である。オキシアルキレン鎖の中でも-CHCHO-が特に好ましい。 This compound more preferably has at least one oxyalkylene chain between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom. The number of oxyalkylene chains in one molecule is preferably 3 to 9, and more preferably 4 to 6. Of the oxyalkylene chains, —CH 2 CH 2 O— is particularly preferable.
 具体例としては、2-[2-{2―(2,2―ジメトキシ-フェノキシエトキシ)エチル}-ビス-(2-メトキシエチル)]-アミン、及び、US2007/0224539A1号明細書の段落<0066>に例示されている化合物(C1-1)~(C3-3)が挙げられる。 Specific examples include 2- [2- {2- (2,2-dimethoxy-phenoxyethoxy) ethyl} -bis- (2-methoxyethyl)]-amine, and paragraph <0066 of US2007 / 0224539A1. The compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) exemplified in
 フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物は、例えば、フェノキシ基を有する1級又は2級アミンとハロアルキルエーテルとを加熱して反応させ、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム及びテトラアルキルアンモニウム等の強塩基の水溶液を添加した後、酢酸エチル及びクロロホルム等の有機溶剤で抽出することにより得られる。また、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物は、1級又は2級アミンと、末端にフェノキシ基を有するハロアルキルエーテルとを加熱して反応させ、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム及びテトラアルキルアンモニウム等の強塩基の水溶液を添加した後、酢酸エチル及びクロロホルム等の有機溶剤で抽出することによって得ることもできる。 The amine compound having a phenoxy group is prepared by reacting, for example, a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group with a haloalkyl ether, and adding an aqueous solution of a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. And then extracted with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform. In addition, the amine compound having a phenoxy group reacts by heating a primary or secondary amine and a haloalkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the terminal, and a strong base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or tetraalkylammonium. It can also be obtained by adding an aqueous solution and then extracting with an organic solvent such as ethyl acetate and chloroform.
 (4)アンモニウム塩
 塩基性化合物として、アンモニウム塩も適宜用いることができ、第四級アンモニウム塩が好ましい。
 アンモニウム塩のカチオンとしては、炭素数1~18のアルキル基が置換したテトラアルキルアンモニウムカチオンが好ましく、テトラメチルアンモニウムカチオン、テトラエチルアンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-プロピル)アンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(i-プロピル)アンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-ヘプチル)アンモニウムカチオン、テトラ(n-オクチル)アンモニウムカチオン、ジメチルヘキサデシルアンモニウムカチオン、ベンジルトリメチルカチオン等がより好ましく、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムカチオンがもっとも好ましい。
 アンモニウム塩のアニオンとしては、例えば、ヒドロキシド、カルボキシレート、ハライド、スルホネート、ボレート及びフォスフェートが挙げられる。これらのうち、ヒドロキシド又はカルボキシレートが特に好ましい。
(4) Ammonium salt As the basic compound, an ammonium salt can be appropriately used, and a quaternary ammonium salt is preferable.
The cation of the ammonium salt is preferably a tetraalkylammonium cation substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as a tetramethylammonium cation, a tetraethylammonium cation, a tetra (n-propyl) ammonium cation, or a tetra (i-propyl) ammonium. Cations, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium cation, tetra (n-heptyl) ammonium cation, tetra (n-octyl) ammonium cation, dimethylhexadecylammonium cation, benzyltrimethyl cation, etc. are more preferred, and tetra (n-butyl) ammonium Cations are most preferred.
Examples of the anion of the ammonium salt include hydroxide, carboxylate, halide, sulfonate, borate, and phosphate. Of these, hydroxide or carboxylate is particularly preferred.
 ハライドとしては、クロライド、ブロマイド及びアイオダイドが特に好ましい。
 スルホネートとしては、炭素数1~20の有機スルホネートが特に好ましい。有機スルホネートとしては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキルスルホネート及びアリールスルホネートが挙げられる。
As the halide, chloride, bromide and iodide are particularly preferable.
As the sulfonate, an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Examples of the organic sulfonate include alkyl sulfonates having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and aryl sulfonates.
 アルキルスルホネートに含まれるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、アルコキシ基、アシル基及びアリール基が挙げられる。アルキルスルホネートとして、具体的には、メタンスルホネート、エタンスルホネート、ブタンスルホネート、ヘキサンスルホネート、オクタンスルホネート、ベンジルスルホネート、トリフルオロメタンスルホネート、ペンタフルオロエタンスルホネート及びノナフルオロブタンスルホネートが挙げられる。 The alkyl group contained in the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, and an aryl group. Specific examples of the alkyl sulfonate include methane sulfonate, ethane sulfonate, butane sulfonate, hexane sulfonate, octane sulfonate, benzyl sulfonate, trifluoromethane sulfonate, pentafluoroethane sulfonate, and nonafluorobutane sulfonate.
 アリールスルホネートに含まれるアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基及びアントリル基が挙げられる。これらアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。この置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~6の直鎖若しくは分岐鎖アルキル基及び炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。具体的には、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、i-ブチル、t-ブチル、n-ヘキシル及びシクロヘキシル基が好ましい。他の置換基としては、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ、ニトロ、アシル基及びアシロキシ基が挙げられる。 Examples of the aryl group contained in the aryl sulfonate include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group. These aryl groups may have a substituent. As this substituent, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms are preferable. Specifically, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, i-butyl, t-butyl, n-hexyl and cyclohexyl groups are preferred. Examples of the other substituent include an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, cyano, nitro, an acyl group, and an acyloxy group.
 カルボキシレートとしては、脂肪族カルボキシレートでも芳香族カルボキシレートでもよく、アセテート、ラクテート、ビルベート、トリフルオロアセテート、アダマンタンカルボキシレート、ヒドロキシアダマンタンカルボキシレート、ベンゾエート、ナフトエート、サリチレート、フタレート、フェノレート等が挙げられ、特にベンゾエート、ナフトエート、フェノレート等が好ましく、ベンゾエートが最も好ましい。
 この場合、アンモニウム塩としては、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムベンゾエート、テトラ(n-ブチル)アンモニウムフェノレート等が好ましい。
 ヒドロキシドの場合、このアンモニウム塩は、炭素数1~8のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド及びテトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラ-(n-ブチル)アンモニウムヒドロキシド等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド)であることが特に好ましい。
The carboxylate may be an aliphatic carboxylate or an aromatic carboxylate, and examples thereof include acetate, lactate, bilbate, trifluoroacetate, adamantane carboxylate, hydroxyadamantane carboxylate, benzoate, naphthoate, salicylate, phthalate, phenolate, and the like. In particular, benzoate, naphthoate, phenolate and the like are preferable, and benzoate is most preferable.
In this case, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium benzoate, tetra (n-butyl) ammonium phenolate and the like are preferable as the ammonium salt.
In the case of hydroxide, this ammonium salt is a tetraalkylammonium hydroxide having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetra- (n-butyl) ammonium hydroxide, etc.). Is particularly preferred.
 (5)プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物(PA)
 本発明の組成物は、塩基性化合物として、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物〔以下、化合物(PA)ともいう〕を更に含んでいてもよい。
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物(PA)としては、特開2012-32762号公報段落0379~0425(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0003590号明細書の<0386>~<0435>)の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
(5) A compound having a proton acceptor functional group and generating a compound which is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to decrease or disappear the proton acceptor property or change from proton acceptor property to acidity ( PA)
The composition of the present invention has a proton acceptor functional group as a basic compound, and is decomposed by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation, resulting in a decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor, or an acid from the proton acceptor It may further contain a compound that generates a compound that has been changed to [hereinafter also referred to as compound (PA)].
As a compound (PA) having a proton acceptor functional group and decomposing upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation to generate a compound whose proton acceptor property is lowered, disappeared, or changed from proton acceptor property to acidity Can be referred to the description of JP-A-2012-32762, paragraphs 0379 to 0425 (corresponding to <0386> to <0435> of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0003590), the contents of which are described in this specification. Incorporated.
 本発明の組成物において、化合物(PA)の組成物全体中の配合率は、全固形分中0.1~10質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは1~8質量%である。 In the composition of the present invention, the compounding ratio of the compound (PA) in the whole composition is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass, more preferably 1 to 8% by mass in the total solid content.
 (6)グアニジン化合物
 本発明の組成物は、グアニジン化合物を更に含有していてもよい。
 グアニジン化合物としては、特開2012-32762号公報段落0374~0378(対応する米国特許出願公開第2012/0003590号明細書の<0382>~<0385>)の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 (7)窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物
 本発明の組成物は、窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物(以下において、「低分子化合物(D)」又は「化合物(D)」ともいう)を含有することができる。低分子化合物(D)は、酸の作用により脱離する基が脱離した後は、塩基性を有することが好ましい。
 低分子化合物(D)としては、特開2012-133331号公報段落0324~0337の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 本発明において、低分子化合物(D)は、一種単独でも又は2種以上を混合しても使用することができる。
(6) Guanidine Compound The composition of the present invention may further contain a guanidine compound.
As the guanidine compound, description in paragraphs 0374 to 0378 of JP 2012-32762 A (corresponding to <0382> to <0385> of the corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0003590) can be referred to. Incorporated in the description.
(7) Low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid The composition of the present invention comprises a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and having a group capable of leaving by the action of an acid (hereinafter referred to as “low molecular weight compound”). In this case, it is possible to contain “low molecular compound (D)” or “compound (D)”. The low molecular compound (D) preferably has basicity after the group capable of leaving by the action of an acid is eliminated.
As the low molecular weight compound (D), description in paragraphs 0324 to 0337 of JP2012-133331A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
In the present invention, the low molecular compound (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の組成物は、低分子化合物(D)を含有してもしなくてもよいが、含有する場合、化合物(D)の含有量は、上述した塩基性化合物と合わせた組成物の全固形分を基準として、通常、0.001~20質量%、好ましくは0.001~10質量%、より好ましくは0.01~5質量%である。 The composition of the present invention may or may not contain the low molecular compound (D), but when it is contained, the content of the compound (D) is the total solid of the composition combined with the basic compound described above. The amount is usually 0.001 to 20% by mass, preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass based on the minute.
 その他、本発明の組成物に使用可能な塩基性化合物として、特開2002-363146号公報の実施例で合成されている化合物、及び特開2007-298569号公報の段落0108に記載の化合物等が挙げられる。 Other examples of basic compounds that can be used in the composition of the present invention include compounds synthesized in Examples of JP-A No. 2002-363146, and compounds described in paragraph 0108 of JP-A No. 2007-298869. Can be mentioned.
 塩基性化合物として、感光性の塩基性化合物を用いてもよい。感光性の塩基性化合物としては、例えば、特表2003-524799号公報、及び、J.Photopolym.Sci&Tech.Vol.8,P.543-553(1995)等に記載の化合物を用いることができる。 As the basic compound, a photosensitive basic compound may be used. Examples of the photosensitive basic compound include JP-T-2003-524799 and J. Photopolym. Sci & Tech. Vol. 8, P.I. 543-553 (1995) and the like can be used.
 塩基性化合物の分子量は、通常は100~1500であり、好ましくは150~1300であり、より好ましくは200~1000である。 The molecular weight of the basic compound is usually 100 to 1500, preferably 150 to 1300, and more preferably 200 to 1000.
 これらの塩基性化合物は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 These basic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の組成物が塩基性化合物を含んでいる場合、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.01~10.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.1~8.0質量%であることがより好ましく、0.2~5.0質量%であることが特に好ましい。 When the composition of the present invention contains a basic compound, the content thereof is preferably 0.01 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition, preferably 0.1 to 8%. It is more preferably 0.0% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 5.0% by mass.
 塩基性化合物の酸発生剤に対するモル比は、好ましくは0.01~10とし、より好ましくは0.05~5とし、更に好ましくは0.1~3とする。このモル比を過度に大きくすると、感度及び/又は解像度が低下する場合がある。このモル比を過度に小さくすると、露光と加熱(ポストベーク)との間において、パターンの細りを生ずる可能性がある。より好ましくは0.05~5、更に好ましくは0.1~3である。なお、上記モル比における酸発生剤とは、上記樹脂の一般式(5)により表される繰り返し単位と上記樹脂が更に含んでいてもよい酸発生剤との合計の量を基準とするものである。 The molar ratio of the basic compound to the acid generator is preferably 0.01 to 10, more preferably 0.05 to 5, and still more preferably 0.1 to 3. If this molar ratio is excessively increased, sensitivity and / or resolution may be reduced. If this molar ratio is excessively small, there is a possibility that pattern thinning occurs between exposure and heating (post-bake). More preferably, it is 0.05-5, and still more preferably 0.1-3. The acid generator in the molar ratio is based on the total amount of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (5) of the resin and the acid generator that the resin may further contain. is there.
[4]酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、更に、酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物を1種又は2種以上含んでいてもよい。上記酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物が発生する酸は、スルホン酸、メチド酸又はイミド酸であることが好ましい。
[4] Compound that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate an acid The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention further includes one or two compounds that decompose by the action of an acid to generate an acid. More than one species may be included. The acid generated from the compound that decomposes by the action of the acid to generate an acid is preferably a sulfonic acid, a methide acid, or an imido acid.
 以下に本発明に用いることができる酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物の例を示すが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of compounds that can be decomposed by the action of an acid that can be used in the present invention to generate an acid are shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
 上記酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物は、1種単独で又は2種以上を組合せて使用することができる。
 なお、酸の作用により分解して酸を発生する化合物の含有量は、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の全固形分を基準として、0.1~40質量%であることが好ましく、0.5~30質量%であることがより好ましく、1.0~20質量%であることが更に好ましい。
The compound which decomposes | disassembles by the effect | action of the said acid and generate | occur | produces an acid can be used individually by 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
The content of the compound that generates an acid by being decomposed by the action of an acid is 0.1 to 40% by mass based on the total solid content of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention. It is preferably 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1.0 to 20% by mass.
[5]疎水性樹脂(HR)
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、上記樹脂(A)とは別に疎水性樹脂(HR)を有していてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されることが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性/非極性物質を均一に混合することに寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂を添加することの効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的/動的な接触角の制御、アウトガスの抑制などを挙げることができる。
[5] Hydrophobic resin (HR)
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may have a hydrophobic resin (HR) separately from the resin (A).
The hydrophobic resin is preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film. However, unlike the surfactant, it is not always necessary to have a hydrophilic group in the molecule, and the polar / nonpolar substance is uniformly mixed. There is no need to contribute.
Examples of the effect of adding the hydrophobic resin include control of the static / dynamic contact angle of the resist film surface with respect to water, suppression of outgas, and the like.
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表面への偏在化の観点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含有されたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有することが好ましく、2種以上を有することがさらに好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂に於ける上記フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。
The hydrophobic resin has at least one of “fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and “CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” from the viewpoint of uneven distribution on the film surface. It is preferable to have two or more types.
When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, the fluorine atom and / or silicon atom in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin or in the side chain. It may be.
 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を含んでいる場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造として、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子を有するアリール基を有する樹脂であることが好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖又は分岐アルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基などのアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の例としては、US2012/0251948A1の段落0519に例示されたものを挙げることが出来る。
When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, it may be a resin having an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom as a partial structure having a fluorine atom. preferable.
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. It may have a substituent other than.
The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than a fluorine atom. .
Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom include those exemplified in paragraph 0519 of US2012 / 0251948A1.
 また、上記したように、疎水性樹脂は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含むことも好ましい。
 ここで、疎水性樹脂中の側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造(以下、単に「側鎖CH部分構造」ともいう)には、エチル基、プロピル基等が有するCH部分構造を包含するものである。
 一方、疎水性樹脂の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により疎水性樹脂の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、本発明におけるCH部分構造に包含されないものとする。
Further, as described above, the hydrophobic resin preferably includes a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion.
Here, the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin (hereinafter also simply referred to as “side chain CH 3 partial structure”) includes a CH 3 partial structure of an ethyl group, a propyl group, or the like. Is.
On the other hand, methyl groups directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (for example, α-methyl groups of repeating units having a methacrylic acid structure) contribute to the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin due to the influence of the main chain. Since it is small, it is not included in the CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
 より具体的には、疎水性樹脂が、例えば、下記一般式(M)で表される繰り返し単位などの、炭素-炭素二重結合を有する重合性部位を有するモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含む場合であって、R11~R14がCH「そのもの」である場合、そのCHは、本発明における側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造には包含されない。
 一方、C-C主鎖から何らかの原子を介して存在するCH部分構造は、本発明におけるCH部分構造に該当するものとする。例えば、R11がエチル基(CHCH)である場合、本発明におけるCH部分構造を「1つ」有するものとする。
More specifically, when the hydrophobic resin includes a repeating unit derived from a monomer having a polymerizable moiety having a carbon-carbon double bond, such as a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (M) In the case where R 11 to R 14 are CH 3 “as is”, the CH 3 is not included in the CH 3 partial structure of the side chain moiety in the present invention.
Meanwhile, CH 3 partial structure exists through some atoms from C-C backbone, and those falling under CH 3 partial structures in the present invention. For example, when R 11 is an ethyl group (CH 2 CH 3 ), it is assumed that it has “one” CH 3 partial structure in the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
 上記一般式(M)中、
 R11~R14は、各々独立に、側鎖部分を表す。
 側鎖部分のR11~R14としては、水素原子、1価の有機基などが挙げられる。
 R11~R14についての1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、シクロアルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、シクロアルキルアミノカルボニル基、アリールアミノカルボニル基などが挙げられ、これらの基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。
In the general formula (M),
R 11 to R 14 each independently represents a side chain portion.
Examples of R 11 to R 14 in the side chain portion include a hydrogen atom and a monovalent organic group.
Examples of the monovalent organic group for R 11 to R 14 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, and a cycloalkylaminocarbonyl. Group, an arylaminocarbonyl group, and the like, and these groups may further have a substituent.
 疎水性樹脂は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂であることが好ましく、このような繰り返し単位として、下記一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、下記一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を有していることがより好ましい。 The hydrophobic resin is preferably a resin having a repeating unit having a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. As such a repeating unit, the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (II) and the following general unit It is more preferable to have at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the formula (III).
 以下、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
 上記一般式(II)中、Xb1は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表す。ここで、酸に対して安定な有機基は、より具体的には、樹脂(A)において説明した“酸分解性基”以外の有機基であることが好ましい。 In the general formula (II), X b1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group or a halogen atom, R 2 has one or more CH 3 partial structure represents a stable organic radical to acid. Here, the organic group which is stable to acid is more preferably an organic group other than the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (A).
 Xb1のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、メチル基であることが好ましい。
 Xb1は、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基が挙げられる。上記のシクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルケニル基、アリール基、及び、アラルキル基は、更に、置換基としてアルキル基を有していてもよい。
 Rは、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基又はアルキル置換シクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を2個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、2個以上8個以下有することがより好ましい。
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。
The alkyl group of Xb1 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a methyl group is preferable.
X b1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Examples of R 2 include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an aryl group, and an aralkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures. The above cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, cycloalkenyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group may further have an alkyl group as a substituent.
R 2 is preferably an alkyl group or an alkyl-substituted cycloalkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 2 preferably has 2 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, and more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less.
Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) are shown below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
 一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基以外の基を有する繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
 以下、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位について詳細に説明する。
The repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, specifically, a group other than a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. A repeating unit having a group of
Hereinafter, the repeating unit represented by formula (III) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
 上記一般式(III)中、Xb2は水素原子、アルキル基、シアノ基又はハロゲン原子を表し、Rは1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、酸に対して安定な有機基を表し、nは1から5の整数を表す。
 Xb2のアルキル基は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヒドロキシメチル基又はトリフルオロメチル基等が挙げられるが、水素原子である事が好ましい。
 Xb2は、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 Rは、酸に対して安定な有機基であるため、より具体的には、上記樹脂(A)において説明した“酸分解性基”を有さない有機基であることが好ましい。
In the above general formula (III), X b2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cyano group, or a halogen atom, R 3 represents an acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures, n represents an integer of 1 to 5.
The alkyl group for Xb2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, and a trifluoromethyl group, and a hydrogen atom is preferable.
X b2 is preferably a hydrogen atom.
Since R 3 is an organic group that is stable against acid, more specifically, R 3 is preferably an organic group that does not have the “acid-decomposable group” described in the resin (A).
 Rとしては、1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する、アルキル基が挙げられる。
 Rとしての1つ以上のCH部分構造を有する酸に安定な有機基は、CH部分構造を1個以上10個以下有することが好ましく、1個以上8個以下有することがより好ましく、1個以上4個以下有することが更に好ましい。
 nは1から5の整数を表し、1~3の整数を表すことがより好ましく、1又は2を表すことが更に好ましい。
R 3 includes an alkyl group having one or more CH 3 partial structures.
The acid-stable organic group having one or more CH 3 partial structures as R 3 preferably has 1 or more and 10 or less CH 3 partial structures, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, More preferably, it is 1 or more and 4 or less.
n represents an integer of 1 to 5, more preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and still more preferably 1 or 2.
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位の好ましい具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Preferred specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) are given below. Note that the present invention is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
 一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位は、酸に安定な(非酸分解性の)繰り返し単位であることが好ましく、具体的には、酸の作用により分解して、極性基を生じる基を有さない繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) is preferably an acid-stable (non-acid-decomposable) repeating unit, specifically, a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group. It is preferable that it is a repeating unit which does not have.
 疎水性樹脂が、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合であり、更に、特にフッ素原子及び珪素原子を有さない場合、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)の含有量は、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であることが好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより好ましい。含有量は、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対して、通常、100モル%以下である。 In the case where the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, and particularly when it does not have a fluorine atom and a silicon atom, the repeating unit represented by the general formula (II) and the general formula ( The content of at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by III) is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, based on all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. It is more preferable. Content is 100 mol% or less normally with respect to all the repeating units of hydrophobic resin.
 疎水性樹脂が、一般式(II)で表される繰り返し単位、及び、一般式(III)で表される繰り返し単位のうち少なくとも一種の繰り返し単位(x)を、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位に対し、90モル%以上で含有することにより、疎水性樹脂の表面自由エネルギーが増加する。その結果として、疎水性樹脂がレジスト膜の表面に偏在しやすくなる。 The hydrophobic resin contains at least one repeating unit (x) among the repeating units represented by the general formula (II) and the repeating unit represented by the general formula (III) as all repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. On the other hand, the surface free energy of hydrophobic resin increases by containing 90 mol% or more. As a result, the hydrophobic resin tends to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film.
 また、疎水性樹脂は、(i)フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合においても、(ii)側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においても、下記(x)~(z)の群から選ばれる基を少なくとも1つを有していてもよい。
 (x)酸基、
 (y)ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基、
 (z)酸の作用により分解する基
In addition, the hydrophobic resin includes the following groups (x) to (z) regardless of whether (i) it contains a fluorine atom and / or a silicon atom, or (ii) contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion. It may have at least one group selected from
(X) an acid group,
(Y) a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group,
(Z) a group decomposable by the action of an acid
 酸基(x)としては、フェノール性水酸基、カルボン酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等が挙げられる。
 好ましい酸基としては、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホンイミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基が挙げられる。
Examples of the acid group (x) include a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxylic acid group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and an (alkylsulfonyl) (alkyl Carbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, tris (alkylsulfonyl) A methylene group etc. are mentioned.
Preferred acid groups include fluorinated alcohol groups (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol groups), sulfonimide groups, and bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene groups.
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸による繰り返し単位のような樹脂の主鎖に、直接、酸基が結合している繰り返し単位、或いは、連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に酸基が結合している繰り返し単位などが挙げられ、更には酸基を有する重合開始剤や連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いてポリマー鎖の末端に導入することもでき、いずれの場合も好ましい。酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは3~35モル%、更に好ましくは5~20モル%である。
 酸基(x)を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、Rxは水素原子、CH、CF、又は、CHOHを表す。
The repeating unit having an acid group (x) includes a repeating unit in which an acid group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, or a resin having a linking group. Examples include a repeating unit in which an acid group is bonded to the main chain, and a polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent having an acid group can be introduced at the end of the polymer chain at the time of polymerization. preferable. The repeating unit having an acid group (x) may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom.
The content of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) is preferably from 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably from 3 to 35 mol%, still more preferably from 5 to 20 mol%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. It is.
Specific examples of the repeating unit having an acid group (x) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 , or CH 2 OH.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
 ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基(y)としては、ラクトン構造を有する基が特に好ましい。
 これらの基を含んだ繰り返し単位は、例えば、アクリル酸エステル及びメタクリル酸エステルによる繰り返し単位等の、樹脂の主鎖に直接この基が結合している繰り返し単位である。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基が連結基を介して樹脂の主鎖に結合している繰り返し単位であってもよい。或いは、この繰り返し単位は、この基を有する重合開始剤又は連鎖移動剤を重合時に用いて、樹脂の末端に導入されていてもよい。
 ラクトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、先に樹脂(A)の項で説明したラクトン構造を有する繰り返し単位と同様の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
As the group having a lactone structure, the acid anhydride group, or the acid imide group (y), a group having a lactone structure is particularly preferable.
The repeating unit containing these groups is a repeating unit in which this group is directly bonded to the main chain of the resin, such as a repeating unit of acrylic acid ester and methacrylic acid ester. Alternatively, this repeating unit may be a repeating unit in which this group is bonded to the main chain of the resin via a linking group. Or this repeating unit may be introduce | transduced into the terminal of resin using the polymerization initiator or chain transfer agent which has this group at the time of superposition | polymerization.
Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure include the same repeating units as the repeating unit having a lactone structure described above in the section of the resin (A).
 ラクトン構造を有する基、酸無水物基、又は酸イミド基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位を基準として、1~100モル%であることが好ましく、3~98モル%であることがより好ましく、5~95モル%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, or an acid imide group is preferably 1 to 100 mol% based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. It is more preferably mol%, and further preferably 5 to 95 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位は、樹脂(A)で挙げた酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位と同様の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子の少なくともいずれかを有していてもよい。疎水性樹脂に於ける、酸の作用により分解する基(z)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~80モル%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~80モル%、更に好ましくは20~60モル%である。 Examples of the repeating unit having a group (z) capable of decomposing by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin include the same repeating units as the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group exemplified in the resin (A). The repeating unit having a group (z) that decomposes by the action of an acid may have at least one of a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. In the hydrophobic resin, the content of the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid is preferably 1 to 80 mol%, more preferably 10 to 10%, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. 80 mol%, more preferably 20 to 60 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を有する場合、フッ素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂の重量平均分子量に対し、5~80質量%であることが好ましく、10~80質量%であることがより好ましい。また、フッ素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中10~100モル%であることが好ましく、30~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
 疎水性樹脂が珪素原子を有する場合、珪素原子の含有量は、疎水性樹脂の重量平均分子量に対し、2~50質量%であることが好ましく、2~30質量%であることがより好ましい。また、珪素原子を含む繰り返し単位は、疎水性樹脂に含まれる全繰り返し単位中、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、20~100モル%であることがより好ましい。
When the hydrophobic resin has a fluorine atom, the fluorine atom content is preferably 5 to 80% by mass and more preferably 10 to 80% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating unit containing a fluorine atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, more preferably 30 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
When the hydrophobic resin has a silicon atom, the content of silicon atom is preferably 2 to 50% by mass, more preferably 2 to 30% by mass with respect to the weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin. Further, the repeating unit containing a silicon atom is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, and more preferably 20 to 100 mol% in all repeating units contained in the hydrophobic resin.
 一方、特に疎水性樹脂が側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含む場合においては、疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を実質的に含有しない形態も好ましく、この場合、具体的には、フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、疎水性樹脂中の全繰り返し単位に対して5モル%以下であることが好ましく、3モル%以下であることがより好ましく、1モル%以下であることが更に好ましく、理想的には0モル%、すなわち、フッ素原子及び珪素原子を含有しない。また、疎水性樹脂は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位のみで実質的に構成されることが好ましい。より具体的には、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子から選ばれる原子のみによって構成された繰り返し単位が、疎水性樹脂の全繰り返し単位中95モル%以上であることが好ましく、97モル%以上であることがより好ましく、99モル%以上であることが更に好ましく、理想的には100モル%である。 On the other hand, in the case where the hydrophobic resin contains a CH 3 partial structure in the side chain portion, it is also preferred that the hydrophobic resin does not substantially contain a fluorine atom and a silicon atom. The content of the repeating unit having an atom or silicon atom is preferably 5 mol% or less, more preferably 3 mol% or less, more preferably 1 mol% or less, based on all repeating units in the hydrophobic resin. More preferably, it is ideally 0 mol%, ie it does not contain fluorine and silicon atoms. Moreover, it is preferable that hydrophobic resin is substantially comprised only by the repeating unit comprised only by the atom chosen from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. More specifically, it is preferable that the repeating unit composed only of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, a hydrogen atom, a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom is 95 mol% or more in the total repeating units of the hydrophobic resin. 97 mol% or more is more preferable, 99 mol% or more is further preferable, and ideally 100 mol%.
 疎水性樹脂の標準ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは1,000~100,000で、より好ましくは1,000~50,000、更により好ましくは2,000~15,000である。
 また、疎水性樹脂は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。
 疎水性樹脂の組成物中の含有量は、本発明の組成物中の全固形分に対し、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、0.05~8質量%がより好ましく、0.1~7質量%が更に好ましい。
The standard polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 1,000 to 100,000, more preferably 1,000 to 50,000, and still more preferably 2,000 to 15,000.
Moreover, the hydrophobic resin may be used alone or in combination.
The content of the hydrophobic resin in the composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.05 to 8% by mass, and more preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass with respect to the total solid content in the composition of the present invention. 7 mass% is still more preferable.
 疎水性樹脂は、金属等の不純物が少ないのは当然のことながら、残留単量体やオリゴマー成分が0.01~5質量%であることが好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~3質量%、0.05~1質量%が更により好ましい。それにより、液中異物や感度等の経時変化のない組成物が得られる。また、解像度、レジスト形状、レジストパターンの側壁、ラフネスなどの点から、分子量分布(Mw/Mn、分散度ともいう)は、1~5の範囲が好ましく、より好ましくは1~3の範囲、更に好ましくは1~2の範囲である。 Naturally, the hydrophobic resin has a small amount of impurities such as metals, and the residual monomer or oligomer component is preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass, 0.05 to 1% by mass is even more preferred. Thereby, a composition having no change over time such as foreign matter in liquid or sensitivity can be obtained. The molecular weight distribution (Mw / Mn, also referred to as dispersity) is preferably in the range of 1 to 5, more preferably in the range of 1 to 3, from the viewpoint of resolution, resist shape, resist pattern side wall, roughness, etc. A range of 1 to 2 is preferred.
 疎水性樹脂は、各種市販品を利用することもできるし、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成することができる。例えば、一般的合成方法としては、モノマー種及び開始剤を溶剤に溶解させ、加熱することにより重合を行う一括重合法、加熱溶剤にモノマー種と開始剤の溶液を1~10時間かけて滴下して加える滴下重合法などが挙げられ、滴下重合法が好ましい。
 反応溶媒、重合開始剤、反応条件(温度、濃度等)、及び、反応後の精製方法は、樹脂(A)で説明した内容と同様であるが、疎水性樹脂の合成においては、反応の濃度が30~50質量%であることが好ましい。
As the hydrophobic resin, various commercially available products can be used, and can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization). For example, as a general synthesis method, a monomer polymerization method in which a monomer species and an initiator are dissolved in a solvent and the polymerization is performed by heating, and a solution of the monomer species and the initiator is dropped into the heating solvent over 1 to 10 hours. The dropping polymerization method is added, and the dropping polymerization method is preferable.
The reaction solvent, the polymerization initiator, the reaction conditions (temperature, concentration, etc.) and the purification method after the reaction are the same as described in the resin (A), but in the synthesis of the hydrophobic resin, the reaction concentration Is preferably 30 to 50% by mass.
 なお、疎水性樹脂としてはこの他にも特開2011-248019号公報、特開2010-175859号公報、特開2012-032544号公報記載のものも好ましく用いることができる。 As the hydrophobic resin, those described in JP 2011-248019 A, JP 2010-175859 A, and JP 2012-032544 A can also be preferably used.
[6]界面活性剤
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を更に含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含有することにより、波長が250nm以下、特には220nm以下の露光光源を使用した場合に、良好な感度及び解像度で、密着性及び現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成することが可能となる。
 界面活性剤としては、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが特に好ましい。
[6] Surfactant The composition of the present invention may further contain a surfactant. By containing a surfactant, when an exposure light source having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less, is used, it is possible to form a pattern with less adhesion and development defects with good sensitivity and resolution. Become.
As the surfactant, it is particularly preferable to use a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant.
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の<0276>に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。また、エフトップEF301若しくはEF303(新秋田化成(株)製);フロラードFC430、431若しくは4430(住友スリーエム(株)製);メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120若しくはR08(DIC(株)製);サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105若しくは106(旭硝子(株)製);トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製);GF-300若しくはGF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製);サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製);エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802若しくはEF601((株)ジェムコ製);PF636、PF656、PF6320若しくはPF6520(OMNOVA社製);又は、FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D若しくは222D((株)ネオス製)を用いてもよい。なお、ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)も、シリコン系界面活性剤として用いることができる。 Examples of the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant include surfactants described in <0276> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. Also, F-top EF301 or EF303 (manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.); Florard FC430, 431 or 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); Megafac F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120 or R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.); Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by Toa Gosei Chemical Co., Ltd.); Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.); F-top EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801, EF802 or EF601 ( ( PF636, PF656, PF6320 or PF6520 (OMNOVA); or FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D, 208D, 212D, 218D or 222D (manufactured by Neos) Good. Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤は、上記に示すような公知の界面活性剤の他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)又はオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物を用いて合成してもよい。具体的には、このフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を備えた重合体を、界面活性剤として用いてもよい。このフルオロ脂肪族化合物は、例えば、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成することができる。 The surfactant is a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as a telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as an oligomer method) in addition to the known surfactants as described above. You may synthesize using. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from this fluoroaliphatic compound may be used as a surfactant. This fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2002-90991.
 フルオロ脂肪族基を有する重合体としては、フルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーと、(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレートおよび(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))メタクリレートの少なくとも1種との共重合体が好ましく、不規則に分布していても、ブロック共重合していてもよい。
 ポリ(オキシアルキレン)基としては、例えば、ポリ(オキシエチレン)基、ポリ(オキシプロピレン)基及びポリ(オキシブチレン)基が挙げられる。また、ポリ(オキシエチレンとオキシプロピレンとオキシエチレンとのブロック連結体)及びポリ(オキシエチレンとオキシプロピレンとのブロック連結体)等の、同じ鎖内に異なる鎖長のアルキレンを有するユニットであってもよい。
The polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group is preferably a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and at least one of (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate and (poly (oxyalkylene)) methacrylate. It may be distributed regularly or may be block copolymerized.
Examples of the poly (oxyalkylene) group include a poly (oxyethylene) group, a poly (oxypropylene) group, and a poly (oxybutylene) group. In addition, units having different chain length alkylene in the same chain, such as poly (block connection body of oxyethylene, oxypropylene, and oxyethylene) and poly (block connection body of oxyethylene and oxypropylene) Also good.
 更に、フルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマーと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体は、異なる2種以上のフルオロ脂肪族基を有するモノマー及び異なる2種以上の(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレート等を同時に共重合してなる3元系以上の共重合体であってもよい。
 例えば、市販の界面活性剤として、メガファックF178、F-470、F-473、F-475、F-476及びF-472(DIC(株)製)が挙げられる。更に、C13基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体、C13基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体、C17基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシアルキレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体、及び、C17基を有するアクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシエチレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートと(ポリ(オキシプロピレン))アクリレート若しくはメタクリレートとの共重合体等が挙げられる。
Furthermore, a copolymer of a monomer having a fluoroaliphatic group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate is composed of a monomer having two or more different fluoroaliphatic groups and two or more different (poly (oxyalkylene). )) It may be a ternary or higher copolymer obtained by copolymerizing acrylate or methacrylate simultaneously.
Examples of commercially available surfactants include Megafac F178, F-470, F-473, F-475, F-476, and F-472 (manufactured by DIC Corporation). Further, a copolymer of an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 6 F 13 group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 6 F 13 group and (poly (oxyethylene)) acrylate or methacrylate And a copolymer of (poly (oxypropylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, a copolymer of an acrylate or methacrylate having a C 8 F 17 group and (poly (oxyalkylene)) acrylate or methacrylate, and C 8 F 17 Copolymerization of a group-containing acrylate or methacrylate with (poly (oxyethylene)) acrylate or methacrylate and (poly (oxypropylene)) acrylate or methacrylate Body, and the like.
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の<0280>に記載されているフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系以外の界面活性剤を使用してもよい。
 これら界面活性剤は、1種類を単独で用いてもよく、2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 本発明の組成物が界面活性剤を含んでいる場合、その含有量は、組成物の全固形分を基準として、好ましくは0~2質量%、より好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、更に好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
Further, surfactants other than fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in <0280> of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
One of these surfactants may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
When the composition of the present invention contains a surfactant, the content thereof is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, further based on the total solid content of the composition. The amount is preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass.
[7]その他の添加剤
 本発明の組成物は、上記に説明した成分以外にも、カルボン酸、カルボン酸オニウム塩、Proceedingof SPIE, 2724,355 (1996)等に記載の分子量3000以下の溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、酸化防止剤などを適宜含有することができる。
 特にカルボン酸は、性能向上のために好適に用いられる。カルボン酸としては、安息香酸、ナフトエ酸などの、芳香族カルボン酸が好ましい。
 カルボン酸の含有量は、組成物の全固形分濃度中、0.01~10質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.01~5質量%、更に好ましくは0.01~3質量%である。
[7] Other Additives In addition to the components described above, the composition of the present invention is a dissolution inhibitor having a molecular weight of 3000 or less as described in carboxylic acid, carboxylic acid onium salt, Proceedingof SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996), etc. A compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, an antioxidant and the like can be appropriately contained.
In particular, carboxylic acid is preferably used for improving the performance. As the carboxylic acid, aromatic carboxylic acids such as benzoic acid and naphthoic acid are preferable.
The content of the carboxylic acid is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass, and still more preferably 0.01 to 3% by mass in the total solid content of the composition.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、解像力向上の観点から、膜厚10~250nmで使用されることが好ましく、より好ましくは、膜厚20~200nmで使用され、更に好ましくは30~100nmで使用される。組成物中の固形分濃度を適切な範囲に設定して適度な粘度をもたせ、塗布性、製膜性を向上させることにより、このような膜厚とすることができる。
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の固形分濃度は、通常1.0~10質量%であり、好ましくは、2.0~5.7質量%、更に好ましくは2.0~5.3質量%である。固形分濃度を前記範囲とすることで、レジスト溶液を基板上に均一に塗布することができ、更にはラインウィズスラフネスに優れたレジストパターンを形成することが可能になる。その理由は明らかではないが、恐らく、固形分濃度を10質量%以下、好ましくは5.7質量%以下とすることで、レジスト溶液中での素材、特には光酸発生剤の凝集が抑制され、その結果として、均一なレジスト膜が形成できたものと考えられる。
 固形分濃度とは、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他のレジスト成分の質量の質量百分率である。
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is preferably used in a film thickness of 10 to 250 nm, more preferably in a film thickness of 20 to 200 nm, and still more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving resolution. Is used at 30-100 nm. Such a film thickness can be obtained by setting the solid content concentration in the composition to an appropriate range to give an appropriate viscosity and improving the coating property and film forming property.
The solid content concentration of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is usually 1.0 to 10% by mass, preferably 2.0 to 5.7% by mass, more preferably 2.0. Is 5.3 mass%. By setting the solid content concentration within the above range, it is possible to uniformly apply the resist solution on the substrate, and it is possible to form a resist pattern having excellent line width roughness. The reason for this is not clear, but perhaps the solid content concentration is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5.7% by mass or less, which suppresses aggregation of the material in the resist solution, particularly the photoacid generator. As a result, it is considered that a uniform resist film was formed.
The solid content concentration is a mass percentage of the mass of other resist components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、上記の成分を所定の有機溶剤、好ましくは前記混合溶剤に溶解し、フィルター濾過した後、所定の支持体(基板)上に塗布して用いる。フィルター濾過に用いるフィルターのポアサイズは0.1μm以下、より好ましくは0.05μm以下、更に好ましくは0.03μm以下のポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルター濾過においては、例えば特開2002-62667号公報のように、循環的な濾過を行ったり、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して濾過を行ったりしてもよい。また、組成物を複数回濾過してもよい。更に、フィルター濾過の前後で、組成物に対して脱気処理などを行ってもよい。 In the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, the above components are dissolved in a predetermined organic solvent, preferably the mixed solvent, filtered, and then applied onto a predetermined support (substrate). Use. The pore size of the filter used for filter filtration is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.03 μm or less made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. In filter filtration, for example, as in JP-A-2002-62667, circulation filtration may be performed, or filtration may be performed by connecting a plurality of types of filters in series or in parallel. The composition may be filtered multiple times. Furthermore, you may perform a deaeration process etc. with respect to a composition before and behind filter filtration.
<レジスト膜>
 本発明は、上記した本発明の組成物(組成物(i)又は組成物(ii))を用いて形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(以下、レジスト膜ともいう)にも関する。
<Resist film>
The present invention also relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter also referred to as a resist film) formed using the above-described composition of the present invention (composition (i) or composition (ii)). .
<パターン形成方法>
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (ア)上述した組成物(i)又は組成物(ii)を用いて膜(レジスト膜)を形成する工程、
 (イ)該膜を露光する工程、及び
 (ウ)該露光された膜の露光部を、アルカリ現像液を用いて除去してパターンを形成する工程(アルカリ現像工程)
を少なくとも有するパターン形成方法である。
<Pattern formation method>
The pattern forming method of the present invention comprises:
(A) a step of forming a film (resist film) using the composition (i) or the composition (ii) described above,
(A) a step of exposing the film; and (c) a step of forming a pattern by removing an exposed portion of the exposed film using an alkali developer (alkali development step).
Is a pattern forming method having at least
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、
 (ア)上述した組成物(i)又は組成物(ii)を用いて膜(レジスト膜)を形成する工程、
 (イ)該膜を露光する工程、及び
 (ウ)該露光された膜の露光部を、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて除去してパターンを形成する工程(有機溶剤現像工程)
を少なくとも有するパターン形成方法である。
Moreover, the pattern forming method of the present invention includes:
(A) a step of forming a film (resist film) using the composition (i) or the composition (ii) described above,
(A) a step of exposing the film; and (c) a step of forming a pattern by removing the exposed portion of the exposed film using a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developing step).
Is a pattern forming method having at least
 上記工程(イ)における露光が、液浸露光であってもよい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(イ)露光工程の後に、(エ)加熱工程を有することが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、上記工程(ウ)における現像液が、有機溶剤を含む現像液である場合には、(オ)アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有していてもよく、一方、上記工程(ウ)における現像液が、アルカリ現像液である場合には、(オ)有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程を更に有していてもよい。
 本発明において、有機溶剤現像工程によって露光強度の弱い部分が除去されるが、更にアルカリ現像工程を行うことによって露光強度の強い部分も除去される。このように現像を複数回行う多重現像プロセスにより、中間的な露光強度の領域のみを溶解させずにパターン形成が行えるので、通常より微細なパターンを形成できる(特開2008-292975号公報の段落<0077>と同様のメカニズム)。
 本発明のパターン形成方法においては、アルカリ現像工程及び有機溶剤現像工程の順序は特に限定されないが、アルカリ現像を、有機溶剤現像工程の前に行うことがより好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(イ)露光工程を、複数回有することができる。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、(エ)加熱工程を、複数回有することができる。
The exposure in the step (ii) may be immersion exposure.
The pattern forming method of the present invention preferably comprises (i) a heating step after (b) the exposure step.
The pattern forming method of the present invention may further include (e) a step of developing using an alkali developer when the developer in the step (c) is a developer containing an organic solvent. On the other hand, when the developer in the step (c) is an alkali developer, (e) it may further include a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent.
In the present invention, a portion with low exposure intensity is removed by the organic solvent development step, but a portion with high exposure strength is also removed by further performing the alkali development step. In this way, by the multiple development process in which development is performed a plurality of times, a pattern can be formed without dissolving only an intermediate exposure intensity region, so that a finer pattern than usual can be formed (paragraph of JP 2008-292975 A). <Mechanism similar to <0077>).
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the order of the alkali development step and the organic solvent development step is not particularly limited, but it is more preferable to perform the alkali development before the organic solvent development step.
The pattern formation method of this invention can have (b) exposure process in multiple times.
The pattern formation method of this invention can have (d) a heating process in multiple times.
 組成物(i)又は組成物(ii)から形成されるレジスト膜は、基板上に形成されることが好ましい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法において、組成物(i)又は組成物(ii)を用いて膜を基板上に形成する工程、膜を露光する工程、及び現像工程は、一般的に知られている方法により行うことができる。
The resist film formed from the composition (i) or the composition (ii) is preferably formed on a substrate.
In the pattern forming method of the present invention, the step of forming a film on the substrate using the composition (i) or the composition (ii), the step of exposing the film, and the developing step are generally known methods. Can be performed.
 組成物(i)又は組成物(ii)は、例えば、精密集積回路素子やインプリント用モールドなどの製造等に使用される基板(例:シリコン/二酸化シリコン被覆、窒化シリコン及びクロム蒸着された石英基板など)上に、スピナー及びコーター等を用いて塗布される。その後、これを乾燥させて、レジスト膜を形成することができる。 The composition (i) or the composition (ii) is used for, for example, a substrate (for example, silicon / silicon dioxide coating, silicon nitride, and chromium-deposited quartz used for manufacturing precision integrated circuit elements, imprint molds, etc. It is applied on a substrate or the like using a spinner or a coater. Thereafter, this can be dried to form a resist film.
 レジスト膜を形成する前に、基板上に予め反射防止膜を塗設してもよい。
 反射防止膜としては、チタン、二酸化チタン、窒化チタン、酸化クロム、カーボン、アモルファスシリコン等の無機膜型と、吸光剤とポリマー材料からなる有機膜型のいずれも用いることができる。また、有機反射防止膜として、ブリューワーサイエンス社製のDUV30シリーズや、DUV-40シリーズ、シプレー社製のAR-2、AR-3、AR-5等の市販の有機反射防止膜を使用することもできる。
Before forming the resist film, an antireflection film may be coated on the substrate in advance.
As the antireflection film, any of an inorganic film type such as titanium, titanium dioxide, titanium nitride, chromium oxide, carbon, and amorphous silicon, and an organic film type made of a light absorber and a polymer material can be used. In addition, as the organic antireflection film, commercially available organic antireflection films such as Brewer Science DUV30 series, DUV-40 series, Shipley AR-2, AR-3 and AR-5 may be used. it can.
 製膜後、露光工程の前に、前加熱工程(PB;Prebake)を含むことも好ましい。また、露光工程の後かつ現像工程の前に、露光後加熱工程(PEB;Post Exposure Bake)を含むことも好ましい。
 加熱温度はPB、PEB共に70~120℃で行うことが好ましく、80~110℃で行うことがより好ましい。
 加熱時間は30~300秒が好ましく、30~180秒がより好ましく、30~90秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光・現像機に備わっている手段で行うことができ、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度やパターンプロファイルが改善する。
 またリンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。
It is also preferable to include a preheating step (PB; Prebake) after the film formation and before the exposure step. It is also preferable to include a post-exposure heating step (PEB; Post Exposure Bake) after the exposure step and before the development step.
The heating temperature is preferably 70 to 120 ° C. for both PB and PEB, more preferably 80 to 110 ° C.
The heating time is preferably 30 to 300 seconds, more preferably 30 to 180 seconds, and still more preferably 30 to 90 seconds.
Heating can be performed by means provided in a normal exposure / developing machine, and may be performed using a hot plate or the like.
The reaction of the exposed part is promoted by baking, and the sensitivity and pattern profile are improved.
It is also preferable to include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking.
 活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば、赤外光、可視光、紫外光、遠紫外光、X線、及び電子線が挙げられる。これら活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば250nm以下、特には220nm以下の波長を有したものがより好ましい。このような活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば、KrFエキシマレーザー(248nm)、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、X線、及び電子線が挙げられる。好ましい活性光線又は放射線としては、例えば、KrFエキシマレーザー、ArFエキシマレーザー、電子線、X線及びEUV光が挙げられる。より好ましくは、電子線、X線及びEUV光である。 Examples of actinic rays or radiation include infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far ultraviolet light, X-rays, and electron beams. As these actinic rays or radiation, for example, those having a wavelength of 250 nm or less, particularly 220 nm or less are more preferable. Examples of such actinic rays or radiation include KrF excimer laser (248 nm), ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-rays, and electron beams. Examples of preferable actinic rays or radiation include KrF excimer laser, ArF excimer laser, electron beam, X-ray and EUV light. More preferred are electron beam, X-ray and EUV light.
 本発明において膜を形成する基板は特に限定されるものではなく、シリコン、SiN、SiO等の無機基板、SOG(Spin-On-Glass)等の塗布系無機基板等、IC等の半導体製造工程、液晶、サーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造工程、更にはその他のフォトファブリケーションのリソグラフィー工程で一般的に用いられる基板を用いることができる。更に、必要に応じて有機反射防止膜を膜と基板の間に形成させてもよい。 In the present invention, the substrate on which the film is formed is not particularly limited, and an inorganic substrate such as silicon, SiN, or SiO 2 , a coated inorganic substrate such as SOG (Spin-On-Glass), a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC, etc. A substrate generally used in a circuit board manufacturing process such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, and also in other photofabrication lithography processes can be used. Further, if necessary, an organic antireflection film may be formed between the film and the substrate.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程を有する場合、アルカリ現像液としては、例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、ケイ酸ナトリウム、メタケイ酸ナトリウム、アンモニア水等の無機アルカリ類、エチルアミン、n-プロピルアミン等の第一アミン類、ジエチルアミン、ジ-n-ブチルアミン等の第二アミン類、トリエチルアミン、メチルジエチルアミン等の第三アミン類、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等のアルコールアミン類、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラエチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラプロピルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラヘキシルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、テトラオクチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、エチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ブチルトリメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、メチルトリアミルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、ジブチルジペンチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等のテトラアルキルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルフェニルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリメチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド、トリエチルベンジルアンモニウムヒドロキシド等の第四級アンモニウム塩、ピロール、ピペリジン等の環状アミン類等のアルカリ性水溶液を使用することができる。
 更に、上記アルカリ性水溶液にアルコール類、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常0.1~20質量%である。
 アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常10.0~15.0である。
 特に、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドの2.38質量%の水溶液が望ましい。
When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using an alkali developer, examples of the alkali developer include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate, and aqueous ammonia. Inorganic amines such as ethylamine, primary amines such as n-propylamine, secondary amines such as diethylamine and di-n-butylamine, tertiary amines such as triethylamine and methyldiethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, and triethanol Alcohol amines such as amine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, tetrapentylammonium hydroxide, tetrahexyl Tetraalkylammonium hydroxide such as ammonium hydroxide, tetraoctylammonium hydroxide, ethyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, butyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, methyltriamylammonium hydroxide, dibutyldipentylammonium hydroxide, trimethylphenylammonium hydroxide, trimethylbenzyl Alkaline aqueous solutions such as quaternary ammonium salts such as ammonium hydroxide and triethylbenzylammonium hydroxide, and cyclic amines such as pyrrole and piperidine can be used.
Furthermore, an appropriate amount of alcohol or surfactant may be added to the alkaline aqueous solution.
The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is usually from 0.1 to 20% by mass.
The pH of the alkali developer is usually from 10.0 to 15.0.
In particular, an aqueous solution of 2.38% by mass of tetramethylammonium hydroxide is desirable.
 アルカリ現像の後に行うリンス処理におけるリンス液としては、純水を使用し、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。
 また、現像処理又はリンス処理の後に、パターン上に付着している現像液又はリンス液を超臨界流体により除去する処理を行うことができる。
As a rinsing solution in the rinsing treatment performed after alkali development, pure water can be used, and an appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added.
In addition, after the developing process or the rinsing process, a process of removing the developing solution or the rinsing liquid adhering to the pattern with a supercritical fluid can be performed.
 本発明のパターン形成方法が、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程を有する場合、該工程における当該現像液(有機系現像液)としては、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤等の極性溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤を用いることができる。
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げることができる。
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等を挙げることができる。
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコールや、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤等を挙げることができる。
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、上記グリコールエーテル系溶剤の他、アニソール、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が使用できる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤や水と混合し使用してもよい。但し、本発明の効果を十二分に奏するためには、現像液全体としての含水率が10質量%未満であることが好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないことがより好ましい。
 すなわち、有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の使用量は、現像液の全量に対して、90質量%以上100質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 特に、有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含む現像液であるのが好ましい。
When the pattern forming method of the present invention includes a step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, the developer (organic developer) in the step includes a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, and an alcohol solvent. Polar solvents such as amide solvents and ether solvents, and hydrocarbon solvents can be used.
Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, Examples include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetylalcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, etc. Can be mentioned.
Examples of alcohol solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n -Alcohols such as hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol mono Ethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl Ether, may be mentioned glycol monoethyl ether and methoxymethyl butanol.
Examples of the ether solvent include anisole, dioxane, tetrahydrofuran and the like in addition to the glycol ether solvent.
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone and the like. Can be used.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene, and aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as pentane, hexane, octane and decane.
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with a solvent other than those described above or water. However, in order to fully exhibit the effects of the present invention, the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 10% by mass, and more preferably substantially free of moisture.
That is, the amount of the organic solvent used relative to the organic developer is preferably 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and more preferably 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the developer. .
In particular, the organic developer is preferably a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents.
 有機系現像液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて、5kPa以下が好ましく、3kPa以下が更に好ましく、2kPa以下が特に好ましい。有機系現像液の蒸気圧を5kPa以下にすることにより、現像液の基板上あるいは現像カップ内での蒸発が抑制され、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、結果としてウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。
 5kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する現像液の具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルイソブチルケトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等のアミド系溶剤、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 特に好ましい範囲である2kPa以下の蒸気圧を有する現像液の具体的な例としては、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン等のケトン系溶剤、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル等のエステル系溶剤、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール等のアルコール系溶剤、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール等のグリコール系溶剤や、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、メトキシメチルブタノール等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド等のアミド系溶剤、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤、オクタン、デカン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
The vapor pressure of the organic developer is preferably 5 kPa or less, more preferably 3 kPa or less, and particularly preferably 2 kPa or less at 20 ° C. By setting the vapor pressure of the organic developer to 5 kPa or less, evaporation of the developer on the substrate or in the developing cup is suppressed, and the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved. As a result, the dimensions in the wafer surface are uniform. Sexuality improves.
Specific examples of the developer having a vapor pressure of 5 kPa or less include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone (methyl amyl ketone), 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, Ketone solvents such as diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylisobutylketone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, Diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate Ester solvents such as butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol Alcohol solvents such as n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol and n-decanol, glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol and triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether , Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, Glycol ether solvents such as xylmethylbutanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, amide solvents such as N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N, N-dimethylformamide, and aromatics such as toluene and xylene Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents, octane and decane.
Specific examples of the developer having a vapor pressure of 2 kPa or less, which is a particularly preferable range, include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 2-hexanone, Ketone solvents such as diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3- Ester solvents such as ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate Alcohol solvents such as n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol Glycol glycol solvents such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methoxymethyl butanol, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N, N-dimethylform Amide solvents amides, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as xylene, octane, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents decane.
 有機系現像液は、塩基性化合物を含んでいてもよい。本発明で用いられる現像液が含みうる塩基性化合物の具体例及び好ましい例としては、前述した、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が含みうる塩基性化合物と同様である。 The organic developer may contain a basic compound. Specific examples and preferred examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the developer used in the present invention are the same as the basic compound that can be contained in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition described above.
 有機系現像液には、必要に応じて界面活性剤を適当量添加することができる。
 界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、例えば、イオン性や非イオン性のフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤等を用いることができる。これらのフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤として、例えば特開昭62-36663号公報、特開昭61-226746号公報、特開昭61-226745号公報、特開昭62-170950号公報、特開昭63-34540号公報、特開平7-230165号公報、特開平8-62834号公報、特開平9-54432号公報、特開平9-5988号公報、米国特許第5405720号明細書、同5360692号明細書、同5529881号明細書、同5296330号明細書、同5436098号明細書、同5576143号明細書、同5294511号明細書、同5824451号明細書記載の界面活性剤を挙げることができ、好ましくは、非イオン性の界面活性剤である。非イオン性の界面活性剤としては特に限定されないが、フッ素系界面活性剤又はシリコン系界面活性剤を用いることが更に好ましい。
 界面活性剤の使用量は現像液の全量に対して、好ましくは0~2質量%、さらに好ましくは0.0001~2質量%、特に好ましくは0.0005~1質量%である。
An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the organic developer as required.
The surfactant is not particularly limited, and for example, ionic or nonionic fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants can be used. As these fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants, for example, JP-A-62-36663, JP-A-61-226746, JP-A-61-226745, JP-A-62-170950 are disclosed. JP-A-63-34540, JP-A-7-230165, JP-A-8-62834, JP-A-9-54432, JP-A-9-5988, US Pat. No. 5,405,720, Mention may be made of the surfactants described in US Pat. Nos. 5,360,692, 5,529,881, 5,296,330, 5,436,098, 5,576,143, 5,294,511, and 5,824,451. Preferably, it is a nonionic surfactant. Although it does not specifically limit as a nonionic surfactant, It is still more preferable to use a fluorochemical surfactant or a silicon-type surfactant.
The amount of the surfactant used is preferably 0 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer.
 現像方法としては、たとえば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止することで現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)などを適用することができる。
 上記各種の現像方法が、現像装置の現像ノズルから現像液をレジスト膜に向けて吐出する工程を含む場合、吐出される現像液の吐出圧(吐出される現像液の単位面積あたりの流速)は好ましくは2mL/sec/mm以下、より好ましくは1.5mL/sec/mm以下、更に好ましくは1mL/sec/mm以下である。流速の下限は特に無いが、スループットを考慮すると0.2mL/sec/mm以上が好ましい。
 吐出される現像液の吐出圧を上記の範囲とすることにより、現像後のレジスト残渣に由来するパターンの欠陥を著しく低減することができる。
 このメカニズムの詳細は定かではないが、恐らくは、吐出圧を上記範囲とすることで、現像液がレジスト膜に与える圧力が小さくなり、レジスト膜・レジストパターンが不用意に削られたり崩れたりすることが抑制されるためと考えられる。
 なお、現像液の吐出圧(mL/sec/mm)は、現像装置中の現像ノズル出口における値である。
As a developing method, for example, a method in which a substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and is left stationary for a certain time (paddle) Method), a method of spraying the developer on the substrate surface (spray method), a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic dispensing method) Etc. can be applied.
When the various development methods described above include a step of discharging the developer from the developing nozzle of the developing device toward the resist film, the discharge pressure of the discharged developer (the flow rate per unit area of the discharged developer) is Preferably it is 2 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1.5 mL / sec / mm 2 or less, More preferably, it is 1 mL / sec / mm 2 or less. There is no particular lower limit on the flow rate, but 0.2 mL / sec / mm 2 or more is preferable in consideration of throughput.
By setting the discharge pressure of the discharged developer to be in the above range, pattern defects derived from the resist residue after development can be remarkably reduced.
The details of this mechanism are not clear, but perhaps by setting the discharge pressure within the above range, the pressure applied by the developer to the resist film will decrease, and the resist film / resist pattern may be inadvertently cut or collapsed. This is considered to be suppressed.
The developer discharge pressure (mL / sec / mm 2 ) is a value at the developing nozzle outlet in the developing device.
 現像液の吐出圧を調整する方法としては、例えば、ポンプなどで吐出圧を調整する方法や、加圧タンクからの供給で圧力を調整することで変える方法などを挙げることができる。 Examples of the method for adjusting the discharge pressure of the developer include a method of adjusting the discharge pressure with a pump or the like, and a method of changing the pressure by adjusting the pressure by supply from a pressurized tank.
 また、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、有機系現像液を他の溶媒に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。 Also, after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of stopping development while replacing the organic developer with another solvent may be performed.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後には、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含んでいてもよいが、スループット(生産性)、リンス液使用量等の観点から、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含まなくてもよい。 After the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent, a step of washing with a rinse solution may be included. From the viewpoint of throughput (productivity), the amount of rinse solution used, etc. It is not necessary to include the step of using and washing.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、レジストパターンを溶解しなければ特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用することができる。前記リンス液としては、炭化水素系溶剤(好ましくはデカン)、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いることが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤及びエーテル系溶剤の具体例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものを挙げることができる。
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に、より好ましくは、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種類の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、更に好ましくは、アルコール系溶剤又はエステル系溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、特に好ましくは、1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行い、最も好ましくは、炭素数5以上の1価アルコールを含有するリンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を行う。
 ここで、リンス工程で用いられる1価アルコールとしては、直鎖状、分岐状、環状の1価アルコールが挙げられ、具体的には、1-ブタノール、2-ブタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノール、tert―ブチルアルコール、1-ペンタノール、2-ペンタノール、1-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ヘプタノール、1-オクタノール、2-ヘキサノール、シクロペンタノール、2-ヘプタノール、2-オクタノール、3-ヘキサノール、3-ヘプタノール、3-オクタノール、4-オクタノールなどを用いることができ、特に好ましい炭素数5以上の1価アルコールとしては、1-ヘキサノール、2-ヘキサノール、4-メチル-2-ペンタノール、1-ペンタノール、3-メチル-1-ブタノールなどを用いることができる。
The rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as the resist pattern is not dissolved, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. . The rinsing liquid contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents (preferably decane), ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, amide solvents and ether solvents. It is preferable to use a rinse solution.
Specific examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent are the same as those described in the developer containing an organic solvent.
More preferably, it contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ketone solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, and amide solvents after the step of developing using a developer containing an organic solvent. A step of washing with a rinsing liquid is performed, more preferably, a step of washing with a rinsing liquid containing an alcohol solvent or an ester solvent is carried out, and particularly preferably, a rinsing liquid containing a monohydric alcohol is used. And, most preferably, the step of cleaning with a rinse solution containing a monohydric alcohol having 5 or more carbon atoms is performed.
Here, examples of the monohydric alcohol used in the rinsing step include linear, branched, and cyclic monohydric alcohols. Specific examples include 1-butanol, 2-butanol, and 3-methyl-1-butanol. Tert-butyl alcohol, 1-pentanol, 2-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, 1-heptanol, 1-octanol, 2-hexanol, cyclopentanol, 2-heptanol, 2 -Octanol, 3-hexanol, 3-heptanol, 3-octanol, 4-octanol and the like can be used, and particularly preferable monohydric alcohols having 5 or more carbon atoms are 1-hexanol, 2-hexanol, 4-methyl- Use 2-pentanol, 1-pentanol, 3-methyl-1-butanol, etc. It can be.
 上記各成分は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の有機溶剤と混合し使用してもよい。 A plurality of the above components may be mixed, or may be used by mixing with an organic solvent other than the above.
 リンス液中の含水率は、10質量%以下が好ましく、より好ましくは5質量%以下、特に好ましくは3質量%以下である。含水率を10質量%以下にすることで、良好な現像特性を得ることができる。 The water content in the rinse liquid is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. By setting the water content to 10% by mass or less, good development characteristics can be obtained.
 有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて現像する工程の後に用いるリンス液の蒸気圧は、20℃に於いて0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下が好ましく、0.1kPa以上、5kPa以下が更に好ましく、0.12kPa以上、3kPa以下が最も好ましい。リンス液の蒸気圧を0.05kPa以上、5kPa以下にすることにより、ウェハ面内の温度均一性が向上し、更にはリンス液の浸透に起因した膨潤が抑制され、ウェハ面内の寸法均一性が良化する。 The vapor pressure of the rinsing solution used after the step of developing with a developer containing an organic solvent is preferably 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, more preferably 0.1 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less at 20 ° C. 12 kPa or more and 3 kPa or less are the most preferable. By setting the vapor pressure of the rinse liquid to 0.05 kPa or more and 5 kPa or less, the temperature uniformity in the wafer surface is improved, and further, the swelling due to the penetration of the rinse solution is suppressed, and the dimensional uniformity in the wafer surface. Improves.
 リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加して使用することもできる。 An appropriate amount of a surfactant can be added to the rinse solution.
 リンス工程においては、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いる現像を行ったウェハを上記の有機溶剤を含むリンス液を用いて洗浄処理する。洗浄処理の方法は特に限定されないが、たとえば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、などを適用することができ、この中でも回転塗布方法で洗浄処理を行い、洗浄後に基板を2000rpm~4000rpmの回転数で回転させ、リンス液を基板上から除去することが好ましい。また、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(PostBake)を含むことも好ましい。ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~160℃、好ましくは70~95℃で、通常10秒~3分、好ましくは30秒から90秒間行う。 In the rinsing step, the wafer that has been developed using the developer containing the organic solvent is cleaned using the rinse solution containing the organic solvent. The cleaning method is not particularly limited. For example, a method of continuing to discharge the rinse liquid onto the substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinse liquid for a certain period of time. A method (dip method), a method of spraying a rinsing liquid onto the substrate surface (spray method), etc. can be applied. Among these, a cleaning process is performed by a spin coating method, and after cleaning, the substrate is rotated at a speed of 2000 rpm to 4000 rpm. It is preferable to rotate and remove the rinse liquid from the substrate. Moreover, it is also preferable to include a heating process (PostBake) after the rinsing process. The developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 160 ° C., preferably 70 to 95 ° C., usually 10 seconds to 3 minutes, preferably 30 seconds to 90 seconds.
 なお、本発明の組成物を用いてインプリント用モールドを作製してもよく、その詳細については、例えば、特許第4109085号公報、特開2008-162101号公報を参照されたい。
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、DSA(Directed Self-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACSNano Vol.4 No.8 Page4815-4823参照)にも用いることができる。
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたレジストパターンは、例えば特開平3-270227号公報及び特開2013-164509号公報に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)として使用できる。
Note that an imprint mold may be produced using the composition of the present invention. For details, see, for example, Japanese Patent No. 4109085 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2008-162101.
The pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guide pattern formation in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACSano Vol. 4 No. 8 Pages 4815-4823).
Further, the resist pattern formed by the above method can be used as a core material (core) of a spacer process disclosed in, for example, JP-A-3-270227 and JP-A-2013-164509.
 また、本発明は、上記した本発明のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA・メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The present invention also relates to an electronic device manufacturing method including the above-described pattern forming method of the present invention, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, OA / media related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、超LSIや高容量マイクロチップの製造などの半導体微細回路作成に好適に用いられる。なお、半導体微細回路作成時には、パターンを形成されたレジスト膜は回路形成やエッチングに供された後、残ったレジスト膜部は、最終的には溶剤等で除去されるため、プリント基板等に用いられるいわゆる永久レジストとは異なり、マイクロチップ等の最終製品には、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に由来するレジスト膜は残存しない。 The pattern forming method of the present invention is suitably used for semiconductor fine circuit creation such as the manufacture of VLSI and high-capacity microchips. When creating a semiconductor microcircuit, the patterned resist film is used for circuit formation and etching, and the remaining resist film portion is finally removed with a solvent or the like. Unlike so-called permanent resists, the resist film derived from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention does not remain in the final product such as a microchip.
 以下、本発明を実施例によって更に具体的に説明するが、本発明は以下の実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
<合成例1:樹脂(P-1)の合成>
 下記式(1)で表される化合物5.0g、下記式(2)で表される化合物14.3g、p-ヒドロキシスチレンの50質量%シクロヘキサノン溶液25.0g及び重合開始剤V-601(和光純薬工業(株)製)4.0gをシクロヘキサノン76.3gに溶解させた。反応容器中にシクロヘキサノン15.3gを入れ、窒素ガス雰囲気下、85℃で先程調製した溶液を4時間かけて滴下した。反応溶液を2時間加熱撹拌した後、室温まで放冷した。得られた反応溶液を、ヘプタン/酢酸エチル(9/1(質量比))の混合溶液1300gに滴下し、ポリマーを再沈殿させた。沈殿物をろ過することで、樹脂(P-1)を28.8g得た。
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin (P-1)>
5.0 g of the compound represented by the following formula (1), 14.3 g of the compound represented by the following formula (2), 25.0 g of a 50 mass% cyclohexanone solution of p-hydroxystyrene and a polymerization initiator V-601 (sum) 4.0 g (manufactured by Kojun Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in 76.3 g of cyclohexanone. In a reaction vessel, 15.3 g of cyclohexanone was placed, and the solution prepared above at 85 ° C. was added dropwise over 4 hours under a nitrogen gas atmosphere. The reaction solution was heated and stirred for 2 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature. The obtained reaction solution was added dropwise to 1300 g of a mixed solution of heptane / ethyl acetate (9/1 (mass ratio)) to reprecipitate the polymer. By filtering the precipitate, 28.8 g of Resin (P-1) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
 以下、樹脂(P-1)の合成において、用いるモノマーをそれぞれ変更した以外は、樹脂(P-1)の合成と同様の方法を用いて、樹脂(P-2)~(P-16)を合成した。合成したポリマー(樹脂(P-2)~(P-16))の、構造、重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)を以下に記す。また、下記ポリマー構造の各繰り返し単位の組成比をモル比で示した。 Hereinafter, resins (P-2) to (P-16) are synthesized using the same method as the synthesis of resin (P-1) except that the monomers used in the synthesis of resin (P-1) are changed. Synthesized. The structure, weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the synthesized polymers (resins (P-2) to (P-16)) are shown below. Moreover, the composition ratio of each repeating unit of the following polymer structure was shown by molar ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
 以下、使用した酸発生剤を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
Hereinafter, the used acid generator is shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
 以下、使用した低分子化合物を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
Hereinafter, the used low molecular weight compounds are shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
 塩基性化合物
 TBAH:テトラブチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド
 TBAB:テトラブチルアンモニウムベンゾエート
 TOA:トリ(n-オクチル)アミン
 TPI:2,4,5-トリフェニルイミダゾール
Basic compound TBAH: Tetrabutylammonium hydroxide TBAB: Tetrabutylammonium benzoate TOA: Tri (n-octyl) amine TPI: 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole
 溶剤
 S1:PGMEA(b.p.=146℃)
 S2:PGME(b.p.=120℃)
 S3:シクロヘキサノン(b.p.=157℃)
 S4:γ-ブチロラクトン
Solvent S1: PGMEA (bp = 146 ° C.)
S2: PGME (bp = 120 ° C.)
S3: cyclohexanone (bp = 157 ° C.)
S4: γ-butyrolactone
 界面活性剤
 W-1:メガファックR08(DIC(株)製;フッ素系及びシリコン系)
 W-2:ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製;シリコン系)
 W-3:トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製;フッ素系)
 W-4:PF6320(OMNOVA社製;フッ素系)
Surfactant W-1: Megafax R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation; fluorine and silicon)
W-2: Polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd .; silicon-based)
W-3: Troisol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd .; fluorine-based)
W-4: PF6320 (manufactured by OMNOVA; fluorine-based)
 現像液・リンス液
 G-1:酢酸ブチル
 G-2:2-ヘプタノン
 G-3:アニソール
 G-4:4-メチル-2-ペンタノール
 G-5:1-ヘキサノール
 G-6:デカン
Developer / Rinse G-1: Butyl acetate G-2: 2-Heptanone G-3: Anisole G-4: 4-Methyl-2-pentanol G-5: 1-Hexanol G-6: Decane
〔実施例1-1~1-20、比較例1-1~1-4(EUV露光(アルカリ現像))〕
 (1)感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製及び塗設
 下表に示した組成を有する樹脂組成物を0.05μmの孔径を有するメンブレンフィルターで精密ろ過して、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)(固形分濃度:1.5質量%)を得た。
 この感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を、予めヘキサメチルジシラザン(HMDS)処理を施した6インチSiウェハ上に、東京エレクトロン製スピンコーターMark8を用いて塗布し、100℃、60秒間ホットプレート上で乾燥して、膜厚50nmのレジスト膜を得た。
[Examples 1-1 to 1-20, Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 (EUV exposure (alkali development))]
(1) Preparation and coating of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition A resin composition having the composition shown in the table below is microfiltered with a membrane filter having a pore size of 0.05 μm, and actinic ray-sensitive Or the radiation sensitive resin composition (resist composition) (solid content concentration: 1.5 mass%) was obtained.
This actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was applied onto a 6-inch Si wafer that had been previously treated with hexamethyldisilazane (HMDS) using a spin coater Mark8 manufactured by Tokyo Electron, and 100 ° C. for 60 seconds. It dried on the hotplate and obtained the resist film with a film thickness of 50 nm.
 (2)EUV露光及び現像
 上記(1)で得られたレジスト膜を有するウェハに、EUV露光装置(Exitech社製Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupole、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用い、露光マスク(ライン/スペース=1/1)を使用して、パターン露光を行った。パターン露光後、ホットプレート上で、110℃で60秒間ウェハを加熱した後、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド(TMAH)水溶液に60秒間浸漬した。次いで、ウェハを30秒間、水でリンスして乾燥し、線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンのレジストパターンを有するウェハを得た。
(2) EUV exposure and development On a wafer having the resist film obtained in (1) above, an EUV exposure apparatus (Micro Exposure Tool, manufactured by Exitech, NA 0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36) ) And pattern exposure was performed using an exposure mask (line / space = 1/1). After pattern exposure, the wafer was heated on a hot plate at 110 ° C. for 60 seconds and then immersed in an aqueous 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution for 60 seconds. Next, the wafer was rinsed with water for 30 seconds and dried to obtain a wafer having a 1: 1 line and space pattern resist pattern with a line width of 50 nm.
 (3)レジストパターンの評価
 走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-9380II)を用いて、得られたレジストパターンを下記の方法により、感度と解像力を評価した。結果を下表に示す。
(3) Evaluation of resist pattern Using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the sensitivity and resolution of the obtained resist pattern were evaluated by the following methods. The results are shown in the table below.
 (3-1)感度
 線幅50nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンを解像する時の照射エネルギーを感度(Eop)とした。この値が小さいほど性能が良好であることを示す。
(3-1) Sensitivity Irradiation energy when resolving a 1: 1 line and space pattern with a line width of 50 nm was defined as sensitivity (Eop). The smaller this value, the better the performance.
 (3-2)解像力
 上記Eopに於いて、分離している(1:1)のラインアンドスペースパターンの最小線幅を解像力とした。この値が小さいほど性能が良好であることを示す。
(3-2) Resolution In the above Eop, the minimum line width of the separated (1: 1) line and space pattern was defined as the resolution. The smaller this value, the better the performance.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000136
 上記表1から分かるように、実施例1-1~1-20は、本発明の組成物を使用していない比較例1-1~1-4と比較して、高感度と高解像性を同時に満足することができた。
 なお、比較例1-3は、架橋剤である低分子化合物M-3が極性基と架橋するため、アルカリ現像しても露光部は除去されず、所望のパターンが得られなかった。
As can be seen from Table 1, Examples 1-1 to 1-20 have higher sensitivity and higher resolution than Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 in which the composition of the present invention is not used. I was able to be satisfied at the same time.
In Comparative Example 1-3, since the low molecular compound M-3, which is a crosslinking agent, crosslinks with the polar group, the exposed area was not removed even with alkali development, and a desired pattern was not obtained.
〔実施例2-1~2-20、比較例2-1~2-4(EUV露光(有機溶剤現像))〕
 下表に示すように組成を変更し、アルカリ水溶液(TMAH;2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液)に代えて、下表に記載の有機系現像液により現像を行い、水に代えて、下表に記載のリンス液を用いてリンスした以外は、実施例1-1と同様にして感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製、パターン形成を行った。尚、下表において、リンス液の欄に「無し」と記載されている実施例においては、リンスを行っていない。
[Examples 2-1 to 2-20, Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-4 (EUV exposure (organic solvent development))]
The composition is changed as shown in the table below, and development is performed with the organic developer described in the table below instead of the alkaline aqueous solution (TMAH; 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), and the water is replaced with water. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition was prepared and a pattern was formed in the same manner as in Example 1-1 except that rinsing was performed using the rinsing liquid described in the following table. In the table below, rinsing is not performed in the examples where “None” is described in the column of the rinsing liquid.
 レジストパターンの評価
 走査型電子顕微鏡((株)日立製作所製S-9380II)を用いて、得られたレジストパターンを実施例1-1~1-20及び比較例1-1~1-4と同様の方法により、感度と解像力を評価した。結果を下表に示す。
Evaluation of resist pattern Using a scanning electron microscope (S-9380II manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the obtained resist patterns were the same as in Examples 1-1 to 1-20 and Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4. The sensitivity and resolving power were evaluated by the above method. The results are shown in the table below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000137
 上記表2から分かるように、実施例2-1~2-20は、本発明の組成物を使用していない比較例2-1~2-4と比較して、高感度と高解像性を同時に満足することができた。
 なお、比較例2-3は、架橋剤である低分子化合物M-3が極性基と架橋するため、有機溶剤現像した場合には、露光部が除去されてしまい、所望のパターンが得られなかった。
As can be seen from Table 2 above, Examples 2-1 to 2-20 have higher sensitivity and higher resolution than Comparative Examples 2-1 to 2-4 that do not use the composition of the present invention. I was able to be satisfied at the same time.
In Comparative Example 2-3, since the low molecular compound M-3, which is a cross-linking agent, crosslinks with a polar group, the exposed area is removed when an organic solvent is developed, and a desired pattern cannot be obtained. It was.

Claims (16)

  1.  下記(i)又は(ii)である感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、該膜を露光する工程、及び、アルカリ現像液を用いて、該露光された膜の露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を有するパターン形成方法。
    (i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A1)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    (ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    The step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i) or (ii) below, the step of exposing the film, and the exposure using an alkali developer The pattern formation method which has the process of removing the exposure part of a film | membrane and forming a pattern.
    (I) A resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation ( An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A1) (ii) a resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a monovalent iodine atom Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing compound (AD) having
  2.  下記(i)又は(ii)である感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、該膜を露光する工程、及び、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて、該露光された膜の未露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法。
    (i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A1)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    (ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    Using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is the following (i) or (ii), a step of forming a film, a step of exposing the film, and a developer containing an organic solvent, A pattern forming method including a step of forming a pattern by removing an unexposed portion of an exposed film.
    (I) A resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation ( An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A1) (ii) a resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a monovalent iodine atom Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing compound (AD) having
  3.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(i)である、請求項1又は2に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition is the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i).
  4.  前記樹脂(A1)の含有率が、前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(i)中の全固形分を基準にして、25~99質量%である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The content of the resin (A1) is 25 to 99% by mass based on the total solid content in the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (i). 2. The pattern forming method according to claim 1.
  5.  前記樹脂(A1)が、下記一般式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位を含有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     一般式(1’)中、
     R11、R12及びR13は、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基又はアルコキシカルボニル基を表す。R13はArと結合して環を形成していてもよく、R13とArとが結合する場合、R13はアルキレン基を表す。
     Xは、単結合、アルキレン基、芳香環基、-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-SONH-、-SOO-、-NR-、2価の窒素含有非芳香族複素環基、又はこれらの組み合わせからなる2価の連結基を表す。Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
     Arは、芳香環基を表す。
     RIは、ヨウ素原子又は少なくとも一つのヨウ素原子を含む有機基を表す。
     nは、1以上の整数を表す。
    The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the resin (A1) contains a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (1 ').
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In general formula (1 ′),
    R 11 , R 12 and R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. R 13 may be bonded to Ar 1 to form a ring. When R 13 and Ar 1 are bonded, R 13 represents an alkylene group.
    X 1 represents a single bond, an alkylene group, aromatic ring group, -O -, - S -, - CO -, - COO -, - SO 2 NH -, - SO 2 O -, - NR-, 2 divalent nitrogen It represents a divalent linking group comprising a non-aromatic heterocyclic group or a combination thereof. R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
    Ar 1 represents an aromatic ring group.
    RI represents an iodine atom or an organic group containing at least one iodine atom.
    n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  6.  前記一般式(1’)中のRIが、ヨウ素原子である、請求項5に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern formation method according to claim 5, wherein RI in the general formula (1 ') is an iodine atom.
  7.  前記一般式(1’)中のnが、2以上の整数である、請求項5又は6に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein n in the general formula (1 ') is an integer of 2 or more.
  8.  前記一般式(1’)中のXが、-COO-である、請求項5~7のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 5 to 7, wherein X 1 in the general formula (1 ') is -COO-.
  9.  前記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物が、更に、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)を含有する、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern formation according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition further contains a compound (B) that generates an acid upon irradiation with actinic rays or radiation. Method.
  10.  前記樹脂(A1)が、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する基を有する繰り返し単位を有する、請求項3~8のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 3 to 8, wherein the resin (A1) has a repeating unit having a group capable of generating an acid upon irradiation with an actinic ray or radiation.
  11.  前記露光が、EUV光による露光である請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the exposure is exposure with EUV light.
  12.  請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 An electronic device manufacturing method including the pattern forming method according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
  13.  請求項12に記載の電子デバイスの製造方法により製造された電子デバイス。 An electronic device manufactured by the electronic device manufacturing method according to claim 12.
  14.  感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、該膜を露光する工程、及び、アルカリ現像液を用いて、該露光された膜の露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法に使用され、下記(i)又は(ii)である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    (i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A1)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    (ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    A step of forming a film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the film, and using an alkaline developer, the exposed portion of the exposed film is removed to form a pattern. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is used in a pattern forming method including a forming step and is the following (i) or (ii).
    (I) A resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation ( An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A1) (ii) a resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a monovalent iodine atom Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing compound (AD) having
  15.  感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて膜を形成する工程、該膜を露光する工程、及び、有機溶剤を含む現像液を用いて、該露光された膜の未露光部を除去してパターンを形成する工程を含むパターン形成方法に使用され、下記(i)又は(ii)である、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    (i)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位、及び、活性光線又は放射線の照射によって脱離しない、一価のヨウ素原子を有する部分構造を含む繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A1)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    (ii)酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A2)、及び、一価のヨウ素原子を有する化合物(AD)を含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物
    A step of forming a film using an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a step of exposing the film, and a developer containing an organic solvent are used to remove unexposed portions of the exposed film. An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that is used in a pattern forming method including a step of forming a pattern and is the following (i) or (ii).
    (I) A resin having a repeating unit having a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a repeating unit containing a partial structure having a monovalent iodine atom that is not eliminated by irradiation with actinic rays or radiation ( An actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A1) (ii) a resin (A2) having a repeating unit having a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid to generate a polar group, and a monovalent iodine atom Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing compound (AD) having
  16.  請求項14又は15に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物から形成されるレジスト膜。 A resist film formed from the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 14 or 15.
PCT/JP2015/051794 2014-02-27 2015-01-23 Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, electronic device, active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film WO2015129355A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014-037300 2014-02-27
JP2014037300A JP6163438B2 (en) 2014-02-27 2014-02-27 Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, electronic device, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015129355A1 true WO2015129355A1 (en) 2015-09-03

Family

ID=54008682

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2015/051794 WO2015129355A1 (en) 2014-02-27 2015-01-23 Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, electronic device, active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6163438B2 (en)
TW (1) TWI627660B (en)
WO (1) WO2015129355A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110537148A (en) * 2017-04-21 2019-12-03 富士胶片株式会社 The manufacturing method of EUV light photosensitive composite, pattern forming method and electronic device
CN111788525A (en) * 2018-02-28 2020-10-16 富士胶片株式会社 Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and resin
BE1028305B1 (en) * 2020-06-01 2022-04-19 Sumitomo Chemical Co COMPOUND, RESIN, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING RESIST PATTERN
US20220252978A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2022-08-11 Jsr Corporation Radiation-sensitive composition and resist pattern-forming method
US11815814B2 (en) 2020-04-28 2023-11-14 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Iodized aromatic carboxylic acid type pendant-containing polymer, resist composition and patterning process
US11822244B2 (en) 2020-06-01 2023-11-21 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Compound, resin, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
US11835860B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2023-12-05 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process

Families Citing this family (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6531723B2 (en) 2016-06-29 2019-06-19 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern formation method
JP7079591B2 (en) * 2016-12-14 2022-06-02 住友化学株式会社 Method for manufacturing resin, resist composition and resist pattern
JP7114242B2 (en) * 2016-12-14 2022-08-08 住友化学株式会社 RESIST COMPOSITION AND RESIST PATTERN MANUFACTURING METHOD
US10095109B1 (en) 2017-03-31 2018-10-09 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc Acid-cleavable monomer and polymers including the same
JP6973274B2 (en) * 2017-05-22 2021-11-24 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
US10495968B2 (en) * 2017-06-15 2019-12-03 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials Llc Iodine-containing polymers for chemically amplified resist compositions
JP7044011B2 (en) * 2017-09-13 2022-03-30 信越化学工業株式会社 Polymerizable monomers, polymers, resist materials, and pattern forming methods
US10871711B2 (en) 2017-09-25 2020-12-22 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process
JP6866866B2 (en) * 2017-09-25 2021-04-28 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern formation method
US10831100B2 (en) * 2017-11-20 2020-11-10 Rohm And Haas Electronic Materials, Llc Iodine-containing photoacid generators and compositions comprising the same
JP6973265B2 (en) 2018-04-20 2021-11-24 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
US11435665B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2022-09-06 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process
JP7131499B2 (en) * 2018-08-09 2022-09-06 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP7238743B2 (en) 2018-12-18 2023-03-14 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP7264020B2 (en) * 2018-12-27 2023-04-25 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and pattern forming method
JP7283373B2 (en) 2019-01-29 2023-05-30 信越化学工業株式会社 Chemically amplified resist material and pattern forming method
JP7351256B2 (en) 2019-06-17 2023-09-27 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and pattern forming method
JP7351262B2 (en) 2019-07-02 2023-09-27 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and pattern forming method
JP7351261B2 (en) 2019-07-04 2023-09-27 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and pattern forming method
JP7334683B2 (en) 2019-08-02 2023-08-29 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and pattern forming method
JP7334684B2 (en) 2019-08-02 2023-08-29 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP7363687B2 (en) * 2019-08-14 2023-10-18 信越化学工業株式会社 Chemically amplified resist material and pattern forming method
JP7351257B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2023-09-27 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP7354954B2 (en) 2019-09-04 2023-10-03 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP7400677B2 (en) 2019-10-21 2023-12-19 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and pattern forming method
JP7354986B2 (en) 2019-11-20 2023-10-03 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
KR20220137951A (en) * 2020-02-06 2022-10-12 미쯔비시 가스 케미칼 컴파니, 인코포레이티드 Composition and pattern formation method for lithography
JP7388346B2 (en) 2020-02-14 2023-11-29 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP2021182133A (en) 2020-05-18 2021-11-25 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive type resist material, and pattern formation method
JP7375697B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2023-11-08 信越化学工業株式会社 Resist material and pattern forming method
JP7484846B2 (en) 2020-09-28 2024-05-16 信越化学工業株式会社 Molecular resist composition and pattern formation method
WO2023017703A1 (en) * 2021-08-12 2023-02-16 富士フイルム株式会社 Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP2024010654A (en) 2022-07-12 2024-01-24 信越化学工業株式会社 Positive resist material and patterning process

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000122291A (en) * 1998-10-09 2000-04-28 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Chemically amplifying resist material, photosensitive resin composition and use method of that composition for production of semiconductor device
JP2003149815A (en) * 2001-11-14 2003-05-21 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist composition
JP2003330191A (en) * 2002-05-16 2003-11-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative resist composition
JP2007114719A (en) * 2005-09-20 2007-05-10 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2010061087A (en) * 2008-08-04 2010-03-18 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition for electron beam, x-ray or euv, and pattern forming method using the same
JP2013083957A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-05-09 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition and method of manufacturing resist pattern

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000122291A (en) * 1998-10-09 2000-04-28 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Chemically amplifying resist material, photosensitive resin composition and use method of that composition for production of semiconductor device
JP2003149815A (en) * 2001-11-14 2003-05-21 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist composition
JP2003330191A (en) * 2002-05-16 2003-11-19 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Negative resist composition
JP2007114719A (en) * 2005-09-20 2007-05-10 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition and pattern forming method using the same
JP2010061087A (en) * 2008-08-04 2010-03-18 Fujifilm Corp Positive resist composition for electron beam, x-ray or euv, and pattern forming method using the same
JP2013083957A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-05-09 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Resist composition and method of manufacturing resist pattern

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20220252978A1 (en) * 2017-03-30 2022-08-11 Jsr Corporation Radiation-sensitive composition and resist pattern-forming method
CN110325916B (en) * 2017-03-30 2023-04-11 Jsr株式会社 Radiation-sensitive composition and resist pattern forming method
CN110537148A (en) * 2017-04-21 2019-12-03 富士胶片株式会社 The manufacturing method of EUV light photosensitive composite, pattern forming method and electronic device
US11604414B2 (en) 2017-04-21 2023-03-14 Fujifilm Corporation Photosensitive composition for EUV light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
CN110537148B (en) * 2017-04-21 2023-09-15 富士胶片株式会社 Photosensitive composition for EUV light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
CN111788525A (en) * 2018-02-28 2020-10-16 富士胶片株式会社 Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and resin
CN111788525B (en) * 2018-02-28 2023-08-08 富士胶片株式会社 Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and resin
US11815814B2 (en) 2020-04-28 2023-11-14 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Iodized aromatic carboxylic acid type pendant-containing polymer, resist composition and patterning process
BE1028305B1 (en) * 2020-06-01 2022-04-19 Sumitomo Chemical Co COMPOUND, RESIN, RESIST COMPOSITION AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING RESIST PATTERN
US11815813B2 (en) 2020-06-01 2023-11-14 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Compound, resin, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
US11822244B2 (en) 2020-06-01 2023-11-21 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Compound, resin, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern
US11835860B2 (en) 2020-07-17 2023-12-05 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Resist composition and patterning process

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW201533778A (en) 2015-09-01
JP2015161823A (en) 2015-09-07
JP6163438B2 (en) 2017-07-12
TWI627660B (en) 2018-06-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6163438B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, electronic device, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film
JP5873826B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method
JP5836299B2 (en) PATTERN FORMATION METHOD, ELECTRON-SENSITIVE OR EXTREME UV-SENSITIVE RESIN COMPOSITION, RESIST FILM, AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING ELECTRONIC DEVICE USING THEM
JP6185874B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device
JP6027934B2 (en) Compound, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method using these
JP6095231B2 (en) Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method using the same
EP2715451B1 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6271150B2 (en) Pattern forming method, composition kit, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP2013076991A (en) Pattern forming method, electron beam-sensitive or extreme ultraviolet-sensitive resin composition, resist film, and method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device using the same
JP2014240942A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resist composition, resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device using the same, and electronic device
JP6195552B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method using the same
KR101904793B1 (en) Pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device
JP6476276B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and method for producing electronic device
JP2013080006A (en) Pattern forming method, electron beam sensitive or extreme ultraviolet ray sensitive resin composition and resist film, and method for manufacturing electronic device, and electronic device using the same
JPWO2016136481A1 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for producing electronic device using these, and electronic device
KR101754846B1 (en) Pattern forming method, composition kit, resist film, method for manufacturing electronic device using pattern forming method, and electronic device
JP6175226B2 (en) Pattern forming method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for semiconductor production, and method for producing electronic device
JP2014199358A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film, pattern forming method, method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device using the same
JP6195523B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, electronic device manufacturing method using the same, and electronic device
JPWO2016056418A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition, and resist film, mask blank, resist pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15755901

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15755901

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1